■y^y-f-';/:^^^ fa -;;..',.• n^ixr-ER Jlt^ara. Sfetn f nth THE GIFT OF E.a:Bdi/e;r. T\ 1 k^aiC JL^UC ^¥J ^' ''^^ .^jpik^ ?■■''? ..^^i^jUfMfll L jrt?**^ (pW^^^ ■■J i^^~ ''Itef^^H V, '"""^^W* <^^M<0 cornel. University Library pj 4567.H29 1908 p ^ .« Cornell University Library The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924026835953 ELEMENTS OF HEBREW SYNTAX BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD BY WILLIAM RAINEY HARPER PRESIDENT OF THE UMIVEXSITT OF CHICAGO SEVENTH EDITION NEW YORK CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS 1908 •I ^. 'ill.Scro Copyright 1888 Akerican Publication SociEir or Hebrew TO MY PAEENTS IN APPKECIATION 01" THE HELP AMD ENOOUEAGEMENT SO PREELT GIVEN DUBINO MY EAELT STUDIES THIS BOOK IS AFFEOTIONATELT DEDICATED PREFACE. It is Gommonly taught that the Syntax of Hebrew ia a matter of small importance. Very seldom, indeed, is any special attention given to the subject. The grammars upon which American students haye depended furnish exhaustive treatments of Etymology, "but contain only a meagre amount of Syntax. It is because men have not studied Hebrew Syntax, because, as a matter of fact, they are ignorant of it, that they have failed to appreciate its value. It is true that the Hebrew is lacking in the power to present without ambiguity many of the exact and beautiful shades of thought for which expression is found in the Latin and the Greek. It is true that the Hebrew is more dependent upon the context for the precise determina- tion of the meaning than is either of these languages. It is all the more necessary, however, to beoome acquainted with the constructions which are possible in a given case. It will generally be conceded, that in no respect is the Revision of the Old Testament so weak as in its Syntax. One need only compare critically the translation of the tenses in the first ten or twelve Psalms, to discover the shortcomings of the Revision, and at the same time to understand the difficulty and importance of the subject. It may be said that, notwithstanding the lack of American grammars in this respect, the existence of such works as those of Driver, Ewald, and Muller renders the publication of a new treatment unnecessary. But it will be remembered that Driver, aside from his Appendices, treats exclusively of the " Tense," the most important of all syntactical sub- jects, yet a single subject ; that Ewald's work, the only philosophical treatment of the subject, can only be appreciated by one who has given much time and attention to Hebrew Syntax ; and that Muller's book is brief, obscure, and unsatisfactory. If a new text-book has been needed in any department of linguistic study, it is in that of Hebrew Syntax. The present work has not been undertaken in order to add anything to the results already achieved in the line of syntactical investigation, but rather to classify and arrange these results in such a way as to bring them within the reach oi that large class of Hebrew students who need and desire a knowledge of them but have little time in which to obtain it. No claim, therefore, is made for the originality of the material presented. In a work of so elementary a character, intended only to serve as an introduction to a more exhaustive study of the 6 HEBEBW SYNTAX. language, the presentation of any but the most common principles would have been out of place. It has been the aim of the author (1) to present those points which the ordinary student would find of the greatest prac- tical value ; (2) to present them in as definite and clear a manner a* possible ; and (3) to select such examples as would most strikingly illus- trate the points made. In carrying out this plan a free use has been made of all former treatments of Syntax. To those named above the writer is under deepest obligation ; much of value has also been found in Nordheimer and Gesenius. In most cases where material peculiar to a particular writer is used, special credit has been given. It has been impossible, however, to decide in every case to whom the credit belonged. For all material, not especially credited, a general acknowledgment is hereby made. It should be added, that in the selection of examples for illustration, and of the texts cited under "References for Study," pref- erence has been given to those passages which have always been used by grammarians. It has been an interesting fact to note in how many cases the same texts have been employed by several writers. So far as concerns the plan of presentation, some improvement, it is believed, has been made upon former methods. The facts are first given ; the phrase or sentence is quoted and translated, and in order that the student may determine for himself its full force from the context, the book, chapter, and verse containing it are cited. In the treatment of " Verbal Government and Apposition," "The Sentence," and "Kinds of Sentences," the examples have been given in the unpointed text, in order that the pupil might be compelled to give them more careful study. The work of pronouncing the texts thus printed combines with the study of Syntax also a drill in Etymology. Following the facts, and based upon them, are the •principles. By means of a carefully arranged tabulation the various statements of prin- ciples correspond exactly to the facts cited, and no inconvenience will be found in passing from one to the other. Under " Remarks," additional details, interesting comparisons, and important exceptions are given. The arrangement of this material is intended to make it easily accessible. The most important, and likewise the most practical, feature of the work is included under "References for Study." Of what permanent value is the memorizing of grammar? Having studied the facts and from them deduced the principles regulating these facts, the next step is application. To aid in this, the crowning part of one's work, a large number of texts, containing illustrations of the various points included under a particular subject are given ; these texts are arranged in the order of their occurrence in the Hebrew Bible, and in the case of each text that particular subdivision of the main section to which it belongs is indi- cated. This arrangement not only makes it possible to read a large number of texts in a comparatively short time, but also breaks up the monotony which ensues upon the examination of several texts covering exactly the same point. PBEFACB. 7 The study of Syntax by this plan combines (1) the exegetical study of the illustrations cited, (2) the mastery of the principles taught, (3) the translation and interpretation, in connection with the context, of a num- ber of texts, and (4) in certain portions also the pronunciation of the unpointed text. The student may be required to translate beforehand only the texts cited from prophetical and poetical portions, these being the most difficult ; the texts taken from the historical portions may with great advantage be read at sight. For valuable assistance in reading proof-sheets, and in verifying refer- ences, as well as for the typographical neatness and accuracy of the book as a whole, the author is indebted to the Eev. John W. Payne, of New Haven, Conn., who for some years has been closely associated in the work of "The Old Testament Student" and "Hebraica." The Indices, which will be found especially full and helpful, have been prepared by the Rev. A. M. Wilson, now carrying on Semitic studies in Yale Univer- sity. From Dr. C. E. Brown, of Newton Centre, Mass., and from Mr. Charles H. Wissner, of Fredericksburg, Va., the author has received valuable aid which he desires hereby to acknowledge. The author would express the hope that this work may meet the approval of the many teachers who are now using hia other Hebrew text- books, and that in their hands it may prove efficient in aiding to a better knowledge of the Old Testament. New Haven, Conn., August 4, 1888. TABLE OF CONTENTS. I. THE NOXm. Page. ? 1. The Foun, used collectively 13, 14 2. Gender of Ifouns 14-16 3. Number of Nouns 17-19 4. Determination of Nouns 19-22 6. Determination of Nouns (continued) 22, 23 6. Apposition of Nouns 24-26 7. The Nominative Absolute 26, 27 8. Annexion, or the Construct Belation 28-32 9. Annexion (continued) 32-36 10. The Adjective 37,38 11. Personal Pronoun and SuflSxes 39-41 12. Demonstrative and Interrogative Pronouns 41-43 13. The Kelative Pronoun 43-45 14. Other Pronominal Expressions 46, 47 15. Numerals 47-50 II. USE OF TENSES AND MOODS. 2 16. The Tenses, in general 61-53 17. The Perfect, used of past events 53,54 18. The Perfect, used of present events. . ; 55, 56 19. The Perfect, used of future events 56-58 20. The Imperfect, used of past events 68-60 21. The Imperfect, used of present events 60-62 22. The Imperfect, used of future events 62-64 23. The Jussive, Imperative and Cohortative 65-68 24. The Imperfect, with Waw Consecutive 68-73 25. The Perfect, with Waw Consecutive 74-79 26. The Perfect and Imperfect with Waw Conjunctive 79-81 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 27. The Participle 81-84 28. The Infiiiitive Absolute 84-88 29. The Infinitive Construct 88-92 in. VERBAL GOVERNMENT AND APPOSITION. ? 30. The Object Accusative 93, 94 31. The Double Accusative 94, 95 32. The Cognate Accusative 95, 96 33. The Adverbial Accusative 96- 98 34. The Accusative with f)N 99-101 35. The Accusative with the Passive 101 36. Verbal Apposition and Subordination 101-103 IV. THE SENTENCE. 2 37. The Subject and Predicate 104-107 38. Order of Words in a Sentence 107-109 39. Emphasis 109-111 40. Agreement of Number and Gender 111~114 V. KINDS OF SENTENCES. ? 41. Negative Sentences 115-118 42. Interrogative Sentences 119-122 43. Exclamatory and Optative Sentences 122, 123 44. Copulative Sentences 123-125 45. Circumstantial Sentences 126-129 46. Relative Sentences 129-132 47. Subject, Object and Adverbial Clauses 132-136 48. Conditional Sentences 136-142 VI. INDEXES. 1. Index of Topics 145-150 2. Index of Texts 161-161 3. Index of Texts under " References for Study" 162-173 4. Index of Hebrew Words 174-177 SYNTAX I. Tlie IVoTtnu 7. The Noun, Used Collectively. !• "Ip3 oxen; |}jlf flock; Qj^ people; ♦'jjl nation. 2. |^j[^ a tree} irees;^ tJ>>{«{ a mora,* men;* n*rT « beast, ^ heastsfi 3. nmk ca/ravan;'' VTiii traveler;^ H'PJI ^aJuZ of exiles;^ Jl^j ora ea!i7e. 4. 'JX ^ee*;il n*JK «Atp;i^ ")j;tJ> Aa»V;^^ ''^1^!^ " ^"'"'■•" Collective nouns, that is, nouns which are singular in form, but plural in sense, may be classified as follows : — " 1. Those which always express a collective idea, the corresponding individual idea being a different word. 2. Those which are used sometimes in an individual, sometimes in a collective sense.'' " 3. Those whose feminine form is collective,** while, often, the corre- sponding masculine form is individual. 4. Those whose masculine form is collective, while the corresponding feminine is, generally, individual. REMARKS. (a) The very frequent occurrence of collective expressions in Hebrew is in accord with the extreme simplicity of the language. (6) Here are included the numerous cases in which words, for the most part or even always used of individuals in prose, have a collective sense in poetry; there are, indeed, few nouns which may not he thus used. (c) Adjectives, used as substantives, have frequently a collective sense. (d) Compare with this use of the feminine, its employment in abstract nouns. 1 Gen. 2:9; Ps. 1:3. i Gen. 1:11; Ps. 74:6. B Gen. 4:1. 4lsa. 21:9. s Gen. 37:20. 6 Gen. 1:25. 1 Gen. 37:25. sjudg.l9:17. sEzr. 1:11. 10 2 Sam. 16:19. ul]Kgs.9:26,27. i2jon. 1:3, 5. 13 Judgr. 16:22. 14 Judg. 20:16; cf. also ISam. 14:45. 14 HEBREW STNTAX [2 2. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 1:26, 28 (njl*), of. Jon. 2:1 m) 3 Isa. 16:4 (DD1) 2 Gen. 9:13 (p;;), of . Job 3 :5 (HJ V) 4 Jer. 6:6(n!f;;) [cf. |'J?1 3 Gen. 32:9 (riB'ViJ), cf. Gen. 46:7 3 Ezek. 11:6 (SStl) 2 Ex. 1:10 (HDH'tD) 2 Mic. 7:8, 10 mTK) 3 Ex.l5:l(nTB'),of.Ps.42:9(Tty) 4 Nah.2:5a31) S Ex. 15:10 (DID) 2 Zeph.3:19(n;;Sx) 3 2 Sam. 15:23 (p«n) 2 Ps. 45:13 OX nj = IS 'ja) 3 Isa.6:3(3t?V) 2 Ps. 66:4(|'nxn) 3 Isa.7:18(mm) [cf.AraWo dabrun Prov. 28:1 (jTB^n) 2 (m. ag.) a sioarm] 4 Dan. 9:24(S''3J), cf. Seut. 18:15, 18 2 isa. 12:6 (natyv) 3 5. Gender of Nouns. !• jy^N man; T2 son; "ljj'3 ^esA; TJKO luminary. a. D»'7i^rr n'lNxpn;! cf. nio'^t?'' d'JDj^^ ^^oze «to»es. 6. riO^ f^eat^ (f.); "^IS^ ^1* a hear robbed of her young; fll'?K^ cow. c. nSn« tJiey (f.); D?*?/ D^Q, D^SJ^ to, from, with you (f.); Dn^f)^'^ fiJ3, Hi?; I??'' f^3^ rinfi, f5x, 013, "^j;! nn, jy^J. ty"N, nij, troa' (aiso m.). 1 Gen. 1 :16. e Euth 1 :22. ii Ex. 2 :17. J Deut. 27 :6. 7 Euth 1 :8, 9, 11, 13. 12 Isa. 23 :16. s Gen. 23:4. 8 Euth 1:19. is 2 Sam. 10:U. iHoa. 13:8, cf. 2Kgs. 2:24. 9Gen.31:9. i< Jer. 48:4, 9. sPs. 144:14. 10 Gen. 41:23. is Joel 4:19. * Also used individually, Deut. 4:18; Jon. 2:2. ? 2.] BY AN INDUCTryE METHOD. 15 3. a. 21tD^ that which is good; ,1^1^,^ same; nNfnO;' I^IN (13-* 6. DflK nhj5n"'?3^ aW «Aa« 6e/e?? them; rilB*p ^»'lJl')f2'^ seasons; ^^^^ faces of; r\t^ signs. 6- "lp3 oxen; QIK mankind; JirPiH caravan; ♦JK fleet. [heart. |T T T T T : t • t: c. ^>J>N5 ei,e^3/ ^am; D»5J Dqje ^^^^^^ tZtMes; I'^'J 3";?7 double 2. a. D^pti' heavens; Ql^Q face, surface; D'O woier; Ml'ifiniH* iower parts of the earth. [nl'?'7ln^2 foolishness. 6. D''?in3* virginity; D^^IlN" loveliness; DHII^J^^ childhood; c. Cii^ii God; D'ty'lpi^ ^oZt/; ♦JIK iorc^/ nlOD^i* hippopofa- 3. flp3 M'foer, D'flD5^^ pieces of silver; t^J^ iree, D'VJ^^^ wooc?. [mw*. Dn33" talents, n)152^^ loaves; D'PJ^3^^ footsteps, niOi^fl^" /ee< (artif.). 4. "^'r? ni^J^i Aeroes o/m?or; fll^N fl'S^^ families; Q^'^K 'JS^^ so?m o/ God; DH^aVi^ n'5^* <^i> idol-houses. 5. a. D*J?N ears/ D'fiN nostrils; D'JfNO pa*'' o/ scales^ D''7l^J sandals. ^- D*?DV^^ period of two days; DHSS^^ iwjo talents; dnHJ^^ too •J- J- T ■ -J--:!- c. D'JJJ' two; jy'7^2^ double; D'S'^N *wo thousand. [rivers. 1. The plural-idea is indicated in one of three ways : — a. By means of plural affixes (Q* , ' , JT)). 6. By means of words which have a collective signification (? 1.). c. By the repetition of a word with or without a connective" (? 6. 3). 2. The plural-termination is often employed in Hebrew in the desig- nation of ideas for which in other languages the singular is employed : — a. Portions of space or time, "their unity being regarded as a com- pound of an immense number of single particles or dates." b. Abstract ideas, the particular quality or condition contained in the stem being thus heightened or intensified ;* " closely connected with these are 1 Gen. 1:14. 11 Gen. 46:34. 20 Ex. 25:12. 2 Gen. 1:14. 12 Eool. 1:17, 2:12. silChron.7:2,9. 8 Gen. 1:2. IS Hob. 12:1. 2S Num. 1:2. 4 Gen. 1:14. 14 Jotp 40:15. 23 Ps. 29:1. 6Ps.87:5. 16 Gen. 42:25. 2< 1 Sam. 31:9. c 2 Kgs. 3:16. It Gen. 22:3. 26 Ex. 16:29. IPs. 12:3. 11 2 KgB. 6:23. 26 2 Kgs. 6:23. msa. 44:23. 18 Judg. 8:6.1 21 Gen. 24:10. 9 Lev. 21:13. H Ps. 119:133. 28 Job 11:6. 10 Prov. 6:19. 18 HEBEEW SYNTAX [? 3. c. Ideas of power and greatness, in which the plural magnifies or increases the original idea.'* » 3. The plural form of certain nouns often conveys a different shade of meaning from the singular ; and, further, ihs feminine plural of a noun is sometimes used in a different sense from the masculine plural/ 4. The pluralizing of compound ideas is accomplished either by pluralizing the first of two nouns, or the second, or both. 5. The dual was, in use, limited to a. Things which in nature exist in pairs,^ or are made double by art. 6. Objects which are regarded as going together, especially measures of time or quantity. c. A few numerals, and anomalous forms.'' REMARKS. (o) This repetition indicates in some cases entirely; in others, distrWution; in still others, multitude, or diversity. (b) It is important to note the close connection, (1) between the abstract and the collective, both being frequently expressed by the feminine ; and (2) between the ab- stract and the plural, the latter expressing in its totality that quality which is com- mon to all the units of which it is composed. (c) The plural form of abstracts often expresses " a high degree of a given quality or repeated exhibitions and embodiments of it." (d) The use of this plural (called the plural of majesty) is limited to a few words and in construction these words are generally treated as singular. (e) Compare the plurals in the mouth of God, e. g. Gen. 1:36; 11:7; Isa. 6:8. (/) In poetry feminine plurals are found instead of masculine, without any differ- ence of meaning. (9) The names of double members of the body often have a feminime plural termi- nation instead of a dual, but only when they have been transferred to inanimate objects. (ft) Irregular are (1) ninSE' instead of DI'nSE' (Ps. 45:3; Is. 59:3); (2) D.'inDn tMio walls (2 Kgs. 35:4), and (3) D^.nnS deck [double] (Bzek. 27:5). REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 2:9 (D'Tl) 3&. Gen. 49:13 (D'D') 2a, Gen. 4:10 (D'm) 3 Ex. 8:10(mr:n DIDP) Ic Gen. 11:10 (D'njty) 56. Ex. 9:32 (Dan) 3 Gen. 11:23 (DTISD) 5c. Ex. 16:12 (D'31;;) 5». Gen. 14:10 (mX3 mS3) le. Ex. 26:17 (niT) Ba. Gen. 21:2 cn'jpl) 2&. Ex. 29:12 (niJID) 5a. Gen.32:17(-n;r ~nj;) Ic. Ex. 29:36 (D'laj) 26. Gen. 37:34 (D'jnn) 5a. Le''.12:5(D';?3B') 5b. Gen. 39:10 (DV DV) Ic. Lev. 23:40 (HlilD) 5a. Gen. 42:30 (D'ilX) 3c. Num. 5:15 (niNJp) 2b. Gen. 43:16 (DnnS) 56. Deut.3:5(D'n^n) 5a. Gen. 43:30 (D'nm) 26. Deut. 8:8 (mj;ty) 3 Gen. 49:12 (D'Jt?) 5o. Deut. 12:23(01) 3 ? 4.] BY AN INDTTCTIVE METHOD. 19 Deut.24:6(D'm) 6a. Jer.]2;13(n''0n).. Deut. 25:13 (pKl p8) le. Joel4a4 le. Deut.32:7 (in in) Ic Zech. 3:9(0'' Jj; T\];^W) So. Deut.33:T(niD'') 3 Ps.6:7(D''m) 3 Juag.5:a2 16. Ps. 1 Sam. 19:13 (D'2in) 2c. Ps. 90 1 Sam. 19:16 (niB?S1D) 2o. Ps. 90 18(D'ni31) 5c. locnusy) s io(nni3J) 36. 1 Sam. 22:7 CJ'D' 'J^) i Prov. 20:10 Ic. IKgs. 7:49(D'npSn) 5a. Prov. 28:6 (D'Dn) 6&. 2Kgs.l7:29(niD3n H'S) 4 JolD 16:19 (D'Dlia) 2o. Isa.l:3(D'S;?3) 2e. Cant. 5 :5 (ni33) 5a. Isa. 6:2 (D'SJD tyt?) 5a. Euthl:23(D''1i;7E') 3 Isa. 7:20(D''7J1) 5a. Euth3:i(ni'7J1D) 2a. Isa. 11:13 (ni3J3) 5a. Eccl. 5:7(n'n3J) 2c. Isa. 19:4(D'J1X) .2c. Bool. 12:1 (yKia) 2c. Isa. 42:22 (D'S'tS 'n3) 4 IChron. 7:5{D''b'n '3J) 4 Isa. 49:20 (D'SdI?) 2b. IChron. 12:33 Ic. Isa. 64:5(1''tP;» 2c. 4. Determination of Nouns. 1. a. D.nVP ^mPi; |1"l?n Sebron; H'lB' Sarah; Dinfl alyss. i. 'pJj« I; n; ihu; ♦p »Aof 'J^ my son; but n;tn Dl'rr. 2. a. ':)J^ ri'5 i!^ Jiouse of God; Ql'D.ii Dt/^ii the wife of Ahram; 1^2 yK'lb" the sons of Israel, h- 'SJ^ *J^^ tTie affliction of my people; U'^'^'ZP 'ti'NT the heads of your tribes. [war. c. DIDXSn Djy^ the name of the place; t^'QVhtZ'n *S5'.3N* the men of ) T - •■ T T :■-••: - 1. Certain nouns are in their very nature definite, and require no sign to indicate their definiteness ; these are a. Proper names which were not originally appellatives, and words in which the appellative force, originally existing, has almost or entirely been lost." 6. All pronouns (except the Demonstrative when attributive), and pronominal suffixes.'' " ^ 2. Nouns may become definite (or determinate) by position or con- struction,^ as in the case of a. Nouns in the construct state before a proper noun. b. Nouns in the construct state before a noun with a suffix. c. Nouns in the construct state before a noun with the article. 1 Ex. 3:7. aDeut. 1:15. a Gen. 28:19. iDeut. 2:14. 20 HEBREW SYNTAX [? 4. REMARKS. (a) In many cases the usage varies; e. g. nj?bj (Num. 32:1), "[yliTy (Gen. 31:21 ff.). (6) A noun with a suffix Is definite and does not receive the article; exceptions are seen in Lev. 27:23; Josh. 7:21; 8:33; ZKgs. 15:16; Mlo. 2:12. (c) The Infinitive, being essentially a verbal form, never receives the article; nj?T knowledge, really a substantive is an exception (as in Gen. 2:9, 17). (d) The following words, archaic and poetic, never receive the article: (1) rilN God, (2) JI'1 prinea, (3) •'•WfiOd, (4) ''HE? the Almighty, (5) Hl'KE? underworld, (6) V^Jrl world, (7) DinO obyss, (8) n^K^in Mp. (e) Every noun in a chain of several constructs is definite, provided the last noun in the chain is for any reason (§ i. 1. a. 6) definite. 3. a. DYiJ^ to-day; fl'?' yjl^ iJi'is night; DJ/fln^ this time. h. V*n^n* *^e expanse; tl^FMl^ the ark; Jlti'Kn^ the woman; "^ !■ T|T T ■• - T • It '"IJI 'rh'n ii'? ^IB'K tJ^Xn' <^ man who hath not walked, etc. n^DNSn'riNI tJ^NrrriNI^ the Jlre and the knife (required for the sacrifice). c. DD'lJTriNI DIDIl'Di^^ the horses and the chariots (of the enemy). fl'J^ltfn npni^" and she took the veil (usually worn by women). ^- ^JWSr?-'-^ the Canaanite; ^"IHIl "75^^^^^^ *^^ sword devours; np33i3 lij^ oxen; On'^irT •l^'.tJ'i^p "^tJ^'N^" «« ^ees do; IDn"? lOnn^^ sUme for mortar; ^Hfni^ gold; "I T •■ T T - DniJD3" writh blindness; tit't^f^]) f^DHtl^^ truth and peace. ■■■■■ - - T - : V v:|T e. r\'',^n^^ the house; P^KjT" the ark; D'ii'?N|Ti «Ae G nJ0*7X ntS^K'^ a woman, a widow; DtJ^ V Nty^^ greenness, herb. T T ; - T ■ V ^" V -IV «. n3D0 D^O^^ ^«3/5j « number; Q^O* D^iUtJ^^** ^^o i/eotrs, time. T : ■ • T ■ T -J- T : 2. HDD D*ND a''?B''-^ «^»-ee seaAs, meal; D'O' HtJ^'^tJ'^^ « <"a^. days. - |jv ■ : : ■ T T ; D'Jty )^5ti'^^ ««^«'» 2/eara; DHJ^B' nfl*K" an ephah, barley. 3. a. IKQ nf. Deut. 34:6 Ic. Bzek. 16:27 16. Josh. 13:5 Ic. Ezek. 21:14 3d. Judg. 5:30 36. Bzek. 21:32 3a. Judg. 5:22 3a. Ezek. 24:6 35. 1 Sam. 3:1; 4:1 Ic. Joel 4:14 3c. 1 Sam. 25:24 3o. Zech.l:13 16 2 Sam. 10:7 lb. Ps. 120:2 16." 2 Sam. 17:5 3a. Neh.2:ll le. 2 Sam. 24:24 le. lChron.9:32 36. IKgs. 4:1 Ic. 7. The Nominative Absolute. 1. n^^m ^)> n'./*^ 2?^' '"f^^ 'i^>? n??C^ *^^ ^^^ ^■p'"* «'^*'=^ ihon art lying, — to thee will J give it. 2. DDfl33 W^i rtDtyn 'Ja D^tlf^ Shechem my son— his soul hath :■ : ■ : : - |t ; |t • : v : longed for your daughter- 3. D'rt7K ri*5 I7 (13*0 tl^'Kn' the man Micah, — to him was a house ... ^ . . ^ of God. 4. TlilK 'nn^ n^rr '4^ I—hehold my covenant is with thee. 5. r\^)m ^V n{< p.Nrr-'73-nK^ aii the und wUch thou seest — to thee J will give it. 6. D^nb^rr Nin mn*" Yahweh, he is the God; in'?m Nin mrr" •••:|T T-:|- Tahweh, He is his inheritance; ^|3.!ir7 NIH DIH^ the blood, THAT is the life. 7. on D''d7tif li^iiil Wp^'^tV these m^n—they are at peace; Xin trrK nj/IS 01*711^° the dream of Pharaoh— it is one; [holy. Nin ti^lp DlpSn^^ the place (upon which thou standest) — it is 1 Gen. 28:13. 1 Sam. 25:15. S 8.] BY AN INDUCnVE METHOD. 29 6- £3^P ^tyCi^ few people; Q^H ^D'T hlood shed causelessly; ^^^j^P ^K, "^J^S, Di T\%, denoting possessor, origin, derivation." f. When the second word designates the whole of which the first noun is a part;f or when the second word is a literal term, the first being figurative A 4. Peculiar and rare is the occurrence of a construct, a. Before the conjunction I and. b. With a noun which, in sense, is in apposition with it. c. Before the interrogative pronoun .« REMARKS. (a) The adjective In this case Is really treated like a neuter noun. Compare ['P^n T the right hand, In which the word fp', originally an adjective, has become a suhstantive. (6) Here, of course, the appositional construction Is much more common. (c) Compare the peculiar cases of this construction seen in Isa. 5:11; Eccles. 13:11. (d) For oases in which three or more nouns are joined together by annexion, see Gen. 40:3; «:9; Josh. 3:15; Judg. 9:1; Isa. 10:12. (e) The form inX (e. g., In Z Sam. 17:32) is sometimes used as an absolute and not as a construct. (/) On the use of the preposition |D from to express the partitive idea, see the lexicon. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 1:16 16. Deut.4::43; 33:6 2(J. Gen.4:19; 5:8; 19:1; 33:3 3a. Deut. 19:18 3d. Gen.7:6; 14:13; 15:3; 37:3 3e. Deut.a3:l 36. Gen. 8:5; 24:13; 43:11 3/. Deut.33:19 4b. Gen. 14:10 4Z). Josh. 9:13 .26. Gen. 15:18 So. 1 Sam. 1:16; 30:31 3e. Gen. 17:23 3c. 1 Sam. 3:13 2e. Gen. 19:4; 31:8 26. 1 Sam. 5:12 la. Gen. 24:33 4c. 2 Sam. 16:8 3e. Gen.39:20; 40:3 36. 2Sam. 17:11 2c. Ex. 4:13 26. 2 Sam. 20:19 46. Ex. 20:9; 26:3 3a. lKgs.l:52; 2:26 3«. Ex. 21:3; 24:14 36. IKgs. 21:19 ge. Ex. 34:1; 38:30 3^. lEa.l:ll 26. Num. 5:18 3a. Isa.5:9; 10:15 2d. 32 HEBREW SYNTAX [2 9. Isa. 13:4: la. Ps. 2:9; 21:4; 36:12; 45:7 34 lBa.22:4; 41:16; 63:3 Be. Ps.l7:8; 55:24; 72:4 36. Isa. 28:9 36. Ps.43:l 2d. laa. 35:2 ia. Ps. 78:49 3o. Isa. 46:2 2c. Ps. 81:6 2e. Jer. 22:33; 48:36 2e. ProT.l:7 1*. Jer. 44:28 4c. Prov. 2:19; 24:26 3a. Jer. 48:41 3/. Prov.3:25; 26:2 3b. Ezek. 1:1 3c. Prov. 5:23. 2S. Ezek. 13:2 3b. Prov. 10:24 la. Ezek. 26:10 4a. Prov. 22:24 3e. Ezek. 27:6; 32:10 3e. Job 5:7; 11:2; 34:10; 41:20 3e. Ezek. 29:2 2b. Job 6:14 lb. Hos. 1:2 2e. Job 21:23 2c. Hos.3:l la. Job 34:13 2b. Amos 5:2 3c. Cant. 7:10 3a. Obad. 1:10. lb. Eccles. 1:13. 30. 9. Annexion (continued). 1. a. 'lii'il nj^")-"^ keeper of sheep; D'4.*i^ D'l^ND^ enlightening the eyes; ♦Qi^ '"^DN^ consumers of my people; *l£3^ '111** ^o^" QO down to the dust. b. D'rl'^K n3p^ stricken of God; D^ "IQ® despised hy the people; fiPS'DJpP^ l>ought mth money; ^"Ifl *50^ slain hy the sword. c. n^-l^y slow of speech; ep}7 Ht!/^^'' stiff of neck; D^'^DDri;" ri'?nn H'^M^'^^ fearful in praises; HOH'^D ^HD^^ dead in battle. ■ : T T T : ■ " ■■ 2. a. D*Qn 'JS^* fnce of the waters; flpV nn'5^^ to the house of Joseph. &• Q'2hj2''ii''^l^^P'>'ophets out of their own heart; Vi3'?j|2 HH^^ moM»- tains in Grilhoa; "j^ ^Dlll^^ those trusting in him; H'S"? rO^D'-® on the right of the house. c- '[''ni'yi Tn *J!3 t^ sons and daughters of David; n?<0 ^>f?ii). D'OtS'r? ^if7ii^'^ t^e God of heaven and earth. d. 'ty-Ip-niTi my holy hill; tl^-WSn VrflH-y^ the good hand of his God; '^"nJI D^^^ii'^i^^ a great heap of stones. 1 Gen. 4:2. ' Gen. 17:12. u Isa. 22:2. 19 Ezek. 10:3. 2P8. 19:9. « Jer. 18:21. w Gen. 1:3. 30 Oen. 24:3. sPs. 53:5. » Ex. 4:10. IS Gen. 43:17. ai Ps. 2:6. 4 Ps. 22:30. 10 Deut. 9:6. 16 Ezek. 13:2. MBz.7:9. ilBB.i3:4. 11 Job 9:4. "2 Sam. 1:21. 23 Josh. T:2 «P8.»2:7. 11 Ex. 16:11. i» Ps. 2:12. 19.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 38 1. Participles and adjectives are frequently joined by annexion with a following substantive. This is a closer construction than a following object-accusative or accusative of specification would be. Here may be noted, a. The usage in the case of active participles, in which the noun expresses the object of the action, or, as sometimes in poetry, the sphere in which the action is exerted." '> h. The usage in case of passive participles, in which the noun ex- presses, sometimes the author of the action, sometimes the secondary agent or instrument. c. The usage in the case of adjectives (denoting a property or quality) in whick the noun has the force of an accusative of limitation or specifi- cation. REMARKS. (o) Cases of the construct before n^ occur, e. g., Jer. 33:22. (6) The accusative rather than a genitive is used (1) after a participle or adjective Tfhen it (the participle) has the article, and (3) when a word is for any reason inserted 'jetween the participle and the word which would, otherwise, be in the genitive; of. [aa. 10:20; Job 16:10; 32:6. 2. Words in annexion form one complex idea, and therefore cannot be separated hy intervening words. Here are to be noted certain points : — a. The article and He locative everywhere form exceptions to the general law just given ; but aside from these only a few anomalous cases occur of the interposition of words." h. Prepositions, particularly the shorter ones and especially in po- etry, quite frequently occur prefixed to the second of two nouns in annex- ion, thus defining more exactly the relationship existing between the two nouns.'' c. As one result of this inseparability, two or more nouns joined by " and " cannot stand in annexion with a single genitive ; but the genitive is employed with the first, and in the form of a suffix with the second;<"** while further, a single construct does not usually stand in annexion with two or more genitives, but is repeated with each/ d. As a second result of this inseparability, a word or suffix limiting the construct must be placed after the following genitive and not between the construct and the genitive." REMARKS. (o) Vs oM, having almost come to be an adjective, occasionally allows the Inter- position of a wovd before its genitive, e. g., 2 Sam. 1:9; other cases in which this Is Blalmed to occur are capable of a different explanation; e. g., Job 27:3; Ps. 45:7; Isa. t8:l; 36:9. Cf. also the bold poetio oonstructions in Oen. 49:11; Isa, 19:8; 22:16. 34 HEBREW SYNTAX [? 9. (B) This IB most frequent with participles of verbs which are regularly followed by a preposition, e. g., 3 non trust in; 3 Uty dwell in, etc. : T T : I - T (c) Hence one may not say, "tfte sons an^ daughters of David," but "the amis of David amd his daughters ;" and it is better to say " the God of heaven and the Ood of earth," than "the God of heaven and earth;" but see Gen. 14:19. ((J) The same holds true of pronominal suffixes ; instead of "his sons and daughters" one must say " his sons amd his daughters." (e) Sometimes the suffix is omitted, or there is substituted for it the article, ip which case the absolute state is employed, e. g., Gen. 40:1. (/) Exceptions occur : (1) when the second of the two nouns joined by " and " is a repetition or a sjmonym of the first ; and (3) in poe+ry where greater liberty is allowed, e. g.. Job 20:17; Bzek. 39:4; 2 Sam. 20:19. (0) Whether the modifying word which follows two nouns in annexion limits the construct, or the genitive, or the complex idea expressed by both together must be determined from the agreement and from the context. When there would be mani- fest ambiguity, resort is had to a periphrastic construction (g 9. 5.). 3. a. ilDtwQiil 'tJ'JN''' not men of the war, but the men of war. T T : • - •• : - 6. D'DtiTl ^'p"| *J£l^ the face of the expanse of the heavens. iriK N^3 D'n7K D7it3' w the image of God he created him. T T v: vjv ; OyjD^tif ♦tJ'K'l* i^e heads of your tribes. 4. a. D'"TD^ "15^.^ '^ servant of servants, i. e. the lowest servant. '^7D ''^''W^ N'ti'J^ the prince of the princes of Levi. [dwell. i>- t3JJ'? Vl^^ K'''^-^5^ ^^ '^* most frightful of valleys they must . D^^p'^il) D'7^JIP* from the greatest of them even to the least of them,. 5. a. '^/f^h D*intJ' J^JJJ'5^ M* the year two of the Tdng. n''rt>Vh n'^lJl-n*;;!" „ great dty of God. Tfltynii^ "iriS^ 75^^ one son of Ahimelech. b. 'B^'y J!!l^^ o, son of Jesse. D'n^tSll ^iu7 "'5J?.''^ " servant of the captain of the guard. nl^N*? D'K'X"!" Jieads of fathers. T : ■ T 1*n7 "nOfQ^^ a psalm of David, I'i''?]? '^iit? fnS^® a priest of the most high God. 1 Num. 31:49. 6 Gen. 9: 25. 9 Hag. 1:1. 13 Gen. 41:12. > Gen. 1:20. 6 Num. 3:32. 10 Jon. 3:3. "Neh.ll:13. • Gen. 1:27. 'Job 30: 6. "1 Sam. 22:20. liPs.S:!. Deut. 19:13. 9P8.34:9. le Gen. 29:30. sslsa. 37;Z. sPs. 65:5. 10 Ps. 21:6. "1 Sam. 17:14. ss Ex. 4:10. 4 Gen. 1:16. u Num. 14:7. is Jon. 3:6. a* Gen. 37:19. » Josh. 23:14. " Judg. 16:5. i9Jobl:a a>Deut.3:18. • Gen. 27:1. i3Neh.9:33. :o Cant. 1:8. » Jon. 4:10. ' Qen. 28:17. " Judg. 14:18. 38 HEBEBW STNTAX [2 10. c. Receives^ the article, if the noun which it modifies is for any reason a definite noun. 3. The adjective (here including participles and demonstratives) when used as a predicate, regularly precedes [the subject, yet frequently fol- lows it, when the sense is clear.« 4. The comparison of adjectives is expressed as follows : — a. The comparative degree, by the use of the preposition JQ from prefixed to the word with which comparison is made/ " h. The superlative degree, (1) By the emphatic use of the positive with the article, a pro- nominal suffix or a following genitive.'' (2) By employing the phrase ^'212, or 3. (3) By the constructions referred to in ? 9. 4. 5. The adjectival idea, because of the scarcity of adjectives, is fre- quently expressed by certain nominal constructions (see I 8. 3. e.). REMARKS. (a) This does not include the cases cited under § 9. 1. o. (6) Very rarely does the adjective precede; and in most of these cases the adjec- tive or demonstrative is treated as a substantive; e. g., Ex. 33:1; Ps. 104:25; Ps. 32:10. (c) It is to be noted that the adjective is plural when the noun is dual, and that with collectives the construction is often one according to sense; e.g., Isa.42:7;lSam. ((J) The article is quite frequently omitted (see § 5. 2. Eem. d). [13:15; 17:28. (e) Note also the use of a substantive (or a substantive and preposition) as predicate instead of an adjective, thus emphasizing the idea; Gen. 1:2; Job 3:4; Ps. 25:10; Isa.5:13. (/) This use of |D is frequent also after verbs; e. g., 1 Sam. 10:23; Gen. 37:3. (9) The adjective is often omitted and is to be supplied from the context; Mic. 7:4; Job 11:17. (h) The individual is thus designated as possessing in a pre-eminent degree the quality referred to. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen.l:16; 19:20; 41:20 2 2Kgs.25:9 lo. Gen. 3:1; 42:13 4b. Isa. 13:12 4o. Gen. 6:5; 19:20; 29:2,7 3 Isa.23:8 46. Gen. 27:1 4a. Jer. 15:15.. „ 1Z>. Ex. 12:4 2,4b. Jer. 49:15 4b. Ex.l5:16 lb. Ezek.28:3 4a. Deut. 1:19; 21:3 2 Ezek.28:7 4b. Deut. 1:25 3 Amos 6:2 lo. Deut. 11:23 4a. Zech. 14:4 la. Deut.l4:2; 21:3,6 4b. Ps. 40:13 4o. Josh. 14:11 3 Ps. 46:11 4b. Josh. 14:15 4b. Ps. 145:7 lb. Judg.6:15 4b. Prov 3:14; 16:32; 21:3 4a. Judg. 14:18 4a. Cant. 5:8 3 1 Sam. 4:10 8 Ruth 1:12; 3:12 4a. 1 Sam. 10:23 4b. Ecoles. 1:13 la. 1 Sam. 16:7 lb. Ecoles. 7:2 ...4a. IKgs. 17:17 3 ? 11»] BY AN tNDUCTIVB METHOD. 39 77. Personal Pronoun and Suffixes, 1. a. 'JJ^I 'nlO^ my death, mine; J^liTDJ fl^'^^ to &«A aZ«o {, or with prepositions. c. HDi referring always to things, may stand as a nominative, accu- sative, or genitive, or with prepositions. d. Either 'Q or flO may introduce indirect as well as direct ques- T tions.« 1 Isa. 39:3, i. * Hag. 1:9. ? Ex. 16:15. lo laa. 66:1. 2jer. 8:9. 6 Job 88:6. sjudg. 7:3. " 2 Sam. 15:2. »Pb.2:1. «Ps.89:7. 9 1 Sam. 20:4 ,? 13.] BY A2T INDUCTIVE METHOD. 43 e. EitLer 'p or HO may be used as indefinite pronouns, whoever, whatever/ oh /. By prefixing ♦jSt (construct of 'fj where) to the demonstrative Hf a quite common interrogation is formed. REMARKS. (a) It is Important to distinguish closely between HJ and Kin; e.g., Judg. 7:4. (6) In the same manner our English that may be used as a relative. (c) Kin also is sometimes an enclitic emphasizing the preceding interrogative; e, g., Ps. 24:10. (d) In most cases the objects to which 'D refers involve individual beings. (e) In the Semitic languages the difference between direct and indirect sentences is scarcely felt. if) Compare DD 13T whatever, Num. 23:3; and also TIDIKD amything whatever. (ff) In a few cases 'a and HD qualify a following word; e. g., ^K-'D (Deut. 3:24) what God? nmi-TTD (Isa. 40:18) what likeness} also Ps. 77:14; J'^r. 2:5. (ft) Notice should be taken of those cases in which riD, asking the mode of an action, is equivalent to how? e, g., Num. 23:8; 1 Sam. 10:27; Gen. 28:17; Ps. 8:2; 84:2. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 4:10; 47:8 2c. IKgs. 13:12 2/. Gen. 15:18 Ifi. IKgs. 17:24; 19:6 le. Gen. 16:8 2/. 2Kgs.l9:22 26. Gen. 24:23, 32:18 2b. Isa. 2:17 IS. Gen. 27:21 le. Isa. 3:9 If. Gen. 28:15; 31:1 If. Isa. 54:15 2e. Ex. 2:11 lb. Joel3:2 IS. Ex. 6:22 le. Jon. 1:8 9f. Ex. 24:14 le,26. Mic.3:4 lb. Num. 14:22 le. Mic.5:4 le. Deut. 8:2, 4; 9:12 le. Zech. 5:5 2d. Deut. 17:9 lb. Zech. 7:3 le. Judg. 9:28 2o. Mai. 1:7 2c. lSam.l2:3; 17:55-58 2b. Ps.l2:5; 77:14 2a. 1 Sam. 14:17 2d. Ps.20:8; 75:8 Ig. 1 Sam. 30:13 2/. Ps. 104:8 Id. 2 Sam. 19:43 le. Prov. 19:12 If. IKgs. 1:27; 14:8 2d. Job 13:13 2e. IKgs. 3:23 Iff. Job 19:19 Id. IKgs. 12:16 2e. Eccles. 7:14 Ig. 18. The Relative Pronoun. !• n'^i^n in'^ti' HJJ'N "IBTI'^ the general whom the king has sent. '1 ■■■■'■■ - T = ;■■ "= " " iJtl''? yD1i^n~ii'7 "IpJ'J? 'lil^ •* nation whose tongue thou wilt not hear. Dnin DiI'"lJ?'K n'^'llltT SavHah where is gold. -:| 1 Isa. 87:4. 2 Deut. 28:49. s Gen. 2:11. 44 HEBREW SYNTAX [? 18. DHlf D3 ^ilb^ il^rf~ii^ "ItJ'K ID^^ J^il such as has not been in Egypt •J- ; ■ : J T T T I V -: t t IKSHN ?13 ^lifii nnX n5)^^ '*"'* "'■' ^V servant in whom I will 2. iflKp yn^Ti 112'N'?^ '<* him from whom he bought it. {be glorified. ntJ'J^"lB'K "^J^ <"* occoMn* o/ «/ia« wAtcii he did. rW^Jlty 'IJI'K T5^ *'» '^ ^""<^ o/Ai'wi wAom thou hatest. niDK ♦rilOn IE'NS* *« the place in which thou diest, I will die. *J*ri n'^D* ^tifiif2l' from the time in which thou wa^t precious in mine - *•: T :|j-T V -:|- ri-j^p ^'^D^l"'^tI'N nX^ ^e whom thou blessest is blessed. [eyes. 3. a. or?'? N*? f* "1X3® in a land which is not theirs. j^J^^n-QV rUOn^" thou hast brought the day thou hast called. T -1t|t I T J" •• 13 I^IX Vl\''^ the day on which I was bom. b. "^K ^T"i<'7 DipO^^ the place of him who knows not God. n'751'D"n*3^^ by the hand of any one whom thou wilt send. llfSrr ntJ'j^' IDIIN nin*^* he whom Tahweh loves will accomplish 4. a. ^l"!*?' n.f ^I'DJ^"? j^Oti'^' listen to thy father who begat thee, [his desire, '^'IDSnj *fl3nN"nr''® those I loved are turned against me. 6. l'?""l'7')Jin 1J3^'' his son who was bom to him. [turned. ii)2'7iltV^ i»ho went; flKSn'^' which has come; TXyifTP'^ i^ho re- : (t V T JT - T JT - The word "ItJ'fi is, strictly speaking, an unchangeable relative particle, and not a pronoun. It is used to give a relative force to something which follows. Hence, 1. A pronominal suffix or an adverb following this particle, receives from it a relative meaning, I7. . . •Itl'N = *" whom, DDJ^ "IB^K = whom, Dty' • • •"Itl'K = where, etc.'*^ 2. When the particle ItJ'K is immediately preceded by a preposition, or by riN, tbe sign of the definite object, or by a noun in the construct state, there is always to be supplied as its antecedent, according to the demands of the context, either a demonstrative pronoun, or a word indi- cating place or time." 1 Ex. 9:18. «Buthl:17. 11 Job 3:3. 16 Job 19:19. ilsa. 49:3. ' Isa. 43:4. H Job 18:21. "Gen. 21:3. 3 Lev. 27:24. 8 Num. 22:6. IS Ex. 4:13. 18 Josh. 10:24. * Jer. 16:4. » Gen. 15:13. u Isa. 48:14. "Gen. 18:21. tEzek. 23:28. "Lam. 1:21. 15 Prov. 23:22 3° Ruth 4:3. 5 18.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 45 3. The relative particle may be omitted from any construction it. whicli it is accustomed to be used, as, a. When it would be the subject or object of the sentence, or used as a genitive or dative ; and even h. When, by its omission, there is also omitted its antecedent (see 2 above) which is included in it. 4. The relative idea is otherwise expressed, a. By the demonstrative pronoun nf (2 12. 1. d). h. By the article with a participle and rarely with a finite verb (?4. 3./).. Isa. 7:16. 1 Gen.9:24;39:9 2 Isa.25:9; 42:24; 43:21 4a. Gen.l3:3; 46:4 1 lBa.30:6; 54:1 3a. Ex.4:15; 32:34 2 Isa.40:29; 41:24; 66:1 36. Ex. 9:4 3o. Jer. 2:8 3b. Ex. 16:13 4a. Jer. 32:19 1 Lev. 6:8 2 Ezek. 11:12. 1 Lev. 16:32 1 Hos. 1:2 3b. Deut.3:4 1 Ho8.14:4 1 Deut. 4:3 2 Hab.2:6. 3b. Deut. 32:16, 20 3o. Ps.4:8; 7:7; 49:20 3o. Josh. 10:24 4b. Ps.9:16; 74:2 4o. Judg.5:18 3a. Job 10:2; 16:17 4a. Judg.l7:8 2 Buthl:16 2 1 Sam. 15:2; 16:3 2 Est. 6:6 1 IKgs. 18:12 2 IChron. 26:28 46. 2Kkb. 8:1 2 46 HEBREW SYNTAX [2 14« 14. Other Pronominal Expressions. 1. a. N^rijSiV and J hid myself; KSHfl*!^ and he hid himself. 6- Kin '^'IK^ <^e iortZ himself; nOH D'"Tin*n* <^e Jews themselves. T -: TJ- ■ ; - ^■^17 n^inX 1*? 51' j/^^ amcZ £^Att(^ made for himself a sword. rlQJ^ iri'7I^ni^ '*'*<^ *^^ '""^'^ ^*'''' ''*^ ™*^ herself, c. '^fij i^lN'i^'?^ -^ fcjioro not myself (lit., my somZ). n3^D3 m^ DnVm^ a™*^ Sarah laughed within herself. T :)■ : TT I - ; • - 2. a. iD'^rr ti^'K IQ*?!!'^' and they dreamed each his dream. "1D33 IDbS^" every morning; "WlH'? "lOJ^n *J^^^ 'wo omers /or |v-i " )v-i - T V It ■: -i t ■■ ; each; D1*"'7D3^^ *™ euery <:Za2/; *n"73''^ euery one living. S- IQDQQ ^'N N5f*"'?N''^* ^et not any one go forth from his place. I . . . ..J.. ^^'^ niiTO N73*rF''^^ -^ anything too difficult for Yahwehf T T T I" " T ■ -; '' mVP "73^^ ^™2/ "/ ^'* commandments; J^")"/^^^ anything evil. ")*J73 ^^'''ItJ'N 73^^ whoever belongs to thee in the city. n^ij '♦ rfln-"l^'N; "^bi^ whatever Y. pleases, he does. c. '* *Jpf p ■ • ■ • np^" '«^6 ■ • • ■ som,e of the elders of Israel. D^iTfO IN V^^ some of the people went out. d. ^'2b n'?V' N"?^^ *'* *'« good for nothing; ^'p-'^j; D^ ti^'N ^K^^ »io- SofZj/ iafces I'i to heart; ^^1 Ijl'j^Jn'^K^ '^o nothing; '7TMi'2 il''il^~ii'7 D1N"'73^^ nobody shall be in the tent. V J T V : I- [ T T T e. nt3""lti'K 'U^* ««cA a people; ti^^H Hf 3^' ^''cA * man; V T V ~: ■ V T inD3 n3^N 73 nTTN?^* there were no such locusts as they. /• nrrN ntDI ^^N nttS^^ *^ one on the one side, the other on the other. T V V • T V V • VflX '^i^D tJ^'K mQ"!^" and they separated the one from the other. nf~7K (If 3*lp"K7'l'^ and the one did not draw near the other. 'PP3 n37QP "l*i^3 ")'J7^^ one city against another, one kingdom against another. 1 Gen. 3:10. -Gen. 40:5. I'Isa. 56:2. 26 Lev. 16:17. a Gen. 3:8. 10 Ex. 16:21. 18 Gen. 19:12. 26 Jer. 5:9. 8l6a.7:14. 11 Ex. 16:23. 19 Ps. 135:6. 27 Gen. 41:38, 4 Est. 9:1. 12 Ps. 7:12. 20 Ex. 1Y:5. 28 Ex. 10:14. 6 Judg. 3:16. 13 Gen. 3:20. 21 Ex. 16:27. 29 Ex. 17:12. 61 Sam. 1:24. "Ex. 16:29. 22Jer. 13:7. so Gen. 13:11. 1 Job 9:21. 16 Gen. 18:14. 23 Isa. 57:1. 31 Ex. 14:20. « Gen. 18:12. "Lev. 4:2. 24 Gen. 19:8. 32 Isa. 19:2. § 15.] BY AH INDTTCTITE METHOD. 47 Certain ideas, expressed in English by means of pronouns, are other- wise expressed in Hebrew. The more important of these are the fol- lowing : — 1. The reflexive pronoun is expressed, a. By the Niph'al and HithpS,'el stems. h. By the personal pronoun of the third person and by pronominal suffixes. c. By the use of certain nouns like {yflj, W£^,, D*J3 (? 8. 2. c), n-lj^, and a'?. ■"■" ■■■"■ ■' 2. The indefinite pronouns are expressed variously : — a. Each, every, by B^'N, or the repetition of a word (g 3. 1. c), or nnK, or "^b. h. Any J anyone, anything, whoever, whatever, by tif^H, 1^1, ^2- • T T c. Some of, by the preposition |p from. d. Nothing, nobody, by "^S. . . .1^, J:'>^{ m, "Ql. ...{<'? (or '7K), T T T e. Such, by HD, fS- /. The one-tU other, by nriK-inK, t:'»K-B'>N, t^'K-flN or n^'N— n'lflK, tJ^'K— J7"l, nr— rrf , or the repetition of a noun. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 8:9; 32:3; 33:17 16. 2Sam.l2:l 2/. Gen. 9:5; 13:11 2/. IKgs. 3:23 2/. Gen. 30:14 2c. IKgs. 10:12 26. Gen. 39:23 2d. Isa. 6:3 2f. Ex.4:9 2c. Isa.66:8 2e. Ex. 35:24 2h. Jer. 7:19 Dt>. Lev. 6:9 2c. Jer. 9:3 2d. Lev. 11:32 26. Jer. 37:9 Ic. Num. 20:19 2d. Ezek.l5:3 26. Num. 35:22 26. Ezek.34:2 U). Deut.2:7 2d. Hab. 2:19 2d. Judg. 6:29 %f. Bodes. 8:5 2d. Judg. 13:23 2e. IChron. 9:38 2e. 1 Sam. 10:3 2/. IChron. 17:5 2/. 15. Numerals. 1- inK D1'^ one day; riflN Hllfl^ one law; OnilK D'Q'^ «irafl'^e tZai/*. TV - - T • T -: ■ T 2. a. D'P' nB''?^'* triad of days = iAree (iaj/s; f)hi>{l3rt 'JK''^ <^ «« year; ♦ Vtynrr t:''nn3^'' m Bzek. 40:22. «Deut. 1:23. 2 2 Kgs. 22:3. f Deut. 1:3. MZeoh.7:l. oc Deut. 16:9. »« Gen. 7:9. 87 Deut. 1:23. 38 Num. 20:11, «9 Ex. 23:17. « Ex. 23:14. " 1 Kgs. 10:22. « Ley. 26:18. "Gen. 4:16. M 2 Sam. 12:6. 2 15.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 49 c. 'If q one-half; !y\^"'bp one-third; HIT ♦JT«?' two-thirds; i^^^K nillfour-Jifths; fllT J/ti^'ri nine-tenths. The various constructions of the numerals may be classified as follows : 1- nrtK is an adjective, and follows the substantive which it modi- fies." 2. The numerals from two to ten are used with plural nouns and may stand in one of three constructions : — a. Before the noun and in annexion with it (§ 8. 2. a). 6. Before the noun, with the noun in apposition (§ 6. 2. and Eem. h). c. After the noun, and in apposition with it (2 6. 1. e)po 3. The numerals from eleven to nineteen are used with plural nouns,** and usually stand before the noun {§ 6. 2. and Eem. &), though sometimes after it (§ 6. 1. e). 4. The numerals from twenty to ninety may be followed by the sub- stantive (in apposition, cf. ? 6. 2. and Eem. 6), or may be preceded by the substantive and stand in apposition with it (? 6. 1. e). In the former case the substantive is generally in the singular,* in the latter it is always in the plural. 5. Numerals made up of tens and units vary greatly in usage. They generally follow a plural noun, though sometimes they precede it. The common nouns cited below (Remarks d, e) generally stand in the singular, if [the numeral precedes. Frequently the substantive is used twice, in the singular with the ten, in the plural with the unit. 6. The numerals UNO hundred, D*ilND i'^o hundred, together with the words for three hundred, four hundred, etc., and fl/X thousand, D*37N ti^o thousand admit the same constructions as the numerals two to ten (see above 2. a.-c).f The substantive, except in the case of those named in Eemarks d, e (below), is in the plural. 7. In the use of the article with numerals, it may be noted that, a. A numeral standing alone receives it, as would any other noun. 6. When the numeral is in the construct, the article is written with the following substantive ; when it is in the absolute, the article may be prefixed to the numeral, or to the substantive, or to both. 8. In reference to the use of ordinals, it may be noted that, a. Those from one to ten are treated as ordinary adjectives. 6. Above ten, the cardinals are used as ordinals, following in am- nexion with the noun, or preceding it in apposition. c. In dates, the cardinals from one to ten also are often used instead of the ordinals." 50 HEBREW SYNTAX [? 15. 9. a. Distributives are expressed by the repetition of the numeral, or by the use of the preposition 7. 6. Numeral adverbs are expressed by forms of DJ?3 time, 7ii^foot, '\'i hand, by feminine forms of the cardinals, by dual formations. c. Fractions are expressed by specific words {e. g., ♦ifH one-half), by the feminine form of the ordinals, by use of the word nn*j ^tc. REMARKS. (o) ins la sometimes used as a substantive in annexion with a following word, e. g., Z Sam. 13:13; Job 2:10. (6) This construction is comparatively rare and late. (c) Nouns designating weights and measures are frequently omitted after the numeral, which, howeTer, Is masouUne or feminine according to the gender of the omitted noun; e. g.. Gen. 24:22; 1 Sam. 10:4; Kuth 3:15. (d) Certain common nouns stand in the singular with the numerals eleven to nine- teen: t^K man, tl^K thouaamd, riDS cvMt, DV day, e]D3 silver, tyflj smil, rUt? year, hpW stiehel; e.g., Num. 1:44; Deut.l:2; Hos.3:2; Gen. 46:18. (e) But except in the case of the nouns just mentioned in Rem. d, and a few others denoting weight or measure, such as n3 bath, 133 talent, 13 cor, ni J gerah, the nu- merals from twenty to ninety, even when they precede the substantive, usually take a noun in the plural; e. g., Num. 11:25; Bzek. 40:17. (/) These words, however, with the exception of nSD, having no construct, can. not stand in annexion with a following substantive. (9) In dates the nouns 01' day, tyiD month are frequently omitted; e. g.. Gen. 8:5; Ex. 18:3; Deut. 1:3. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 4:19; 6:26; 8:10, 12; 26:23; 30:36; Judg. 7:8 6 31:23 2a. Judg. 11:33 i Gen. 7:24- 32:16 6 Judg. 14:17 7b. Gen.8!l3; 14:4 8b. ISam. 13:6; 26:18 6 Gen.ll:26; 14:4; 17:20 3 lSam.20:27 8c. Gen. 18:2; 41:18 2b. 2 Sam. 2:16 3 Gen. 18:24 4 2 Sam. 19:44 9b. Gen. 23:1 5 2 Sam. 21:20 9a. Gen. 43:34 9b. lKgs.6:3; 7:2; 18:19 6 Gen. 47:24. 9c. 1 Kgs. 7:38 4 Ex. 11:1 1 2 Kgs. 6:25 9c. Ex. 12:8 8o. 2 Kgs. 18:28 6 Ex. 12:6 8b. Isa. 6:2 9o. Ex. 29:40 9c. Ezek. 40:36 5 Lev. 27:5 4 Zech. 11:12 4 Num. 7:3 3 Zech. 13:8 9c. Num. 11:19 i Prov. 6:31 9b. Deut. 1:23 1 Job 32:1 2a. Deut. 4:13 7b. Neh. 8:2 8c. Deut. 4:41; 19:2 2b. lChron.2:22 5 Deut. 22:19 6 lChron.23:4 6 Josh. 3:12; 4:3 3 lChron.26:5 2c. Josh. 4:20 7b. 2Chron.3:4 4 Josh. 21:32 2c. 8Chron.ll:a7 26. H. TJse of rrenses and MIoods. 16. The Tenses, in General. 1. a. *^0^} ntJ'NrF"?^^ vinto the woman he said. - T T • |T 6. tJ^'N*? nVfip Tl^P.^^ -^'*'"' '<"' °^<^ *" ^^ *" * husband, c- ipy*P 2pl3 tj'l'l^ a stor shall proceed from Jacob, etc. 2. a. ntyO'TtJ" f^t* *^ei «a«g' (proceeded to sing) Moses, [answering him. I^JV' D^Ii'^KIl') *l5n» ntt^O^ Moses kept speaking and God kept ^^■70 r"TN5 inXifQl* hs found him in a desert land. 6- nfll^ isT) IJN^X^ /«ee him but not now. T ^- JV (TlflK 'Jl3 ^DS"'?^)^ ^'** '''^^ the first-born of my sons I redeem. Vr\V2\i}T\ D'PDn *rifl^* Deut9:16. <1 Sam. 28:20. i 18.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 55 18. The Perfect, Used of Present Events. 1- n'in.»"'7N n* '^Pin^ J^Wt up my hand to Yahweh. ^*JJ riVil/ ^r^'^V IDNI^ cmd him I appoint to he prince. DI)ll"tJ"N 'flfrptl' flflj?"!* <"*'^ '^ow I send a wise mora. ^* *^i?T i^^* (I have perceived = Ihabe come to know =) I know not. "")J|1 nJlllTDK IJ'lDt^ Me remember the fish, etc. T T - V :j-t D*1Dr?r7 73D *flJJOp® /cM» foo small for all the mercies, etc. 3. inJp ^ItJ' i^'l*'' an ox knoweth his ovmer. T'V *7f?^ "I'Vn '^^f fl'''«** withereth, flower fadeih. "flN UN"! '* £0*3n D'OK^O*/»'o«!' heaven Y. looks down; he sees, etc. T T • ■ -J- T • The Perfect, as designating that -which is finished, is used of events which, indeed, are regarded as completed, yet sustain so close a relation to the present as in many cases to be regarded as belonging to the sphere of the present. Here belong, 1. The perfect of the immediate past, which denotes an action finished at the moment or just before the moment of speaking, and is generally best rendered by our present. 2. The stative perfect, used of verbs expressing a physical or mental state (see Elements, ? 58. Note 3);"'' here the state or condition is one which, although entered into in the past, or the result of some past activ- ity, is regarded as existing at the time of speaking, and is, consequently, best rendered by the present." 3. The perfect of experience, used to express truths which have been established by experience, and, hence, generally accepted.^* REMARKS. (o) Compare the Latin noui, memini, and the Greek olda. (6) The most common verbs in this class will he found helow in the " Bef erences for Study." (c) It Is not to be supposed that the Perfect of these verbs is limited to this usage. They may have, according to the demands of the context, the other uses of the per- fect. (d) With this use of the Perfect may be compared the gnomic aorist of the Greek. (e) The Imperfect is likewise employed to express general truths, but from a dif- ferent point of view (8 21. 3). lOen. 14:23. « Gen. 4:9. « Gen. 32:11. slBa.40:7. slEgs. 1:36. c Num. 11:6. 'Isa. 1:3a. >Ps. 33:13. ' 2 Chron. 2:12. 56 HEBREW SYNTAX [§ 19. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 21:26; 27:9 2 Ps. 7:16; 15:3-5; 24:4; 33:13; 34:n; 37:23; Ez.lO:3([Xa) 2 39:12; 84:4 3 Sam.2:l(nDtS) 2 Ps.25:2 (ni33) 2 Sam. 2:3-5 3 Ps.92:6 6nj) 3 1 Sam. 17:10 1 Ps. 104:24 (S^D, 331) 3 2Sam.l6:4; 17:11; 19:30 1 P8.144:4(nm) 2 Isa. 40:8, 23 3 Prov. 11:2, 8; 22:12 f 3 Isa.55:9(n3J) 2 Prov. 20:9 OnD) 2 P8.5:6(KJSy) 2 Job 10:15 (pnS) 2 Ps.7:2(nDn) 2 Ruth 1:12 (]pt) 2 7P. The Perfect, Used of Future Events. !• n7 'riflJ mtj^n^ thejield I give (= lot'Z? mue) thee. ||T ■ J-T VT - r\ii^'r\ 'KiTDN *]iriJ ^I^")?"?^ to tUy seed I will give this land. '' J^'B''in '3 ''^Vy^ I know thai Yahweh will save. 2. a. 'QJ^ (17^1 V2r therefore my people shall go into captivity. 3pl7*P 3D13 ^'^'^' " **'*'' shall proceed from Jacob, etc. "^ilJ "llK IN"! Dj^n® the people s^a?Z «ee a great light. h. ifil "IKIVIJ^ "I^J^I ^^^' niin^a f]'7liy and he shall sweep onward into Judah; he shall overflow and pass through; he shall reach even to the neck. tr'DtfS'rr riB^'rr onw i?ni ii'?- ■ ■■D^Dfri o:Di;p-»3Vo/- the stars of heaven shall not give their light, the sun shall he darkened, etc. c. ''-n?? rrj;*! pxn nN'?p-'3. . . -in^nK'! ii'^f and they shaii do no harm. . . .for the earth shall he filed ioith the knowledge of T. irrriflj DIIOO ni3"IN"'5^'' for the windows of heaven shall he opened. "D3 '7')p '' )^Oa'"'3^Vo*' y. shall hear the voice of my weeping. 3. IJTS nin* DiPi^'^y^^for Y. will have given them into our hand. ''Ijn? ^n[7ti' '3 t]y^ go, for (then) T. will have sent thee. [ten. ]ll5in"")SJ'K ?|f1l'piD1^* and thine issue which thou shalt have hegot- 1 Gen. 23:11. 6 Num. 24:17. 9 Isa. 11:9. 12 1 Sam. 14:10. 2 Gen. 15:18. « Isa. 9:1. 10 Isa. 24 :18. "1 Sam. 20:22. 3 Pa. 20:7. 7 Isa. 8:8. " Ps. 6:9 (of. 10). "Gen. 48:6. < Isa. 6:13. a Isa. 13:10. 2 19.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 57 m?' i^)?'*1I?^ until the time when, she shall have hrought forth. 4. DDi;iN 'flJ^Jl N*? DniK Dn^np iy t/yow Ao^ fep< «Aem aUve, I should not have hilled you. ^TT) Dips. . . .IJ"? Tnin 'y '♦ ♦'7l'?3 except Y. of hosts had left us a very small remnant, we should have been as Sodom, etc. ♦riN^^nV . . .?]»J7N VriN'^ri K'^-DN* »/ Ido not bring him{= shall not have brought) bach to thee then I will bear the blame. The Perfect, as designating that which is finished, or conceived of as finished, is frequently used of events which belong to the sphere of the future.'* Here are to be noted, 1. The perfect of certainty, used of actions in the future, which the speaker or actor has fully determined to perform ; this occurs especially in the statement of promises, decrees, and contracts. 2. The prophetic perfect, really an extension of the Perfect of certain- ty ; this use of the tense portrays boldly and expressively the confidence of the speaker as to the certain occurrence of a yet future event. There may be distinguished, a. Cases in which the Perfect is the first verb of a series, the re- maining verbs being Perfects of a similar character, or Imperfects with a future meaning. b. Cases in which the series of verbal forms, while composed chiefly of Imperfects, contains here and there a Perfect which has been inserted "to give variety to the scene, or to confer particular emphasis upon indi- vidual traits in it.'' c. Cases in which the Perfect is used after '3 in assigning a reason for something which, though still future, is deemed certain. 3. The future-perfect, which denotes a finished action, viewed in rela- tion to some other action still in the future.'' 4. The conditional perfect, used in certain forms of conditional sen- tences (I 48. 6, 7), in which the fulfillment or non-fulfillment of the condition is thus vividly expressed. * ■* REMARKS. (a) The ease with which the Hebrew writer passed from one tense to the other is paralleled only hy the difficulty which the modern translator finds in expressing the force of the change. (b) The auxiliaries shall have, or wUl have do not always furnish the best rendering of this construction, there being many cases in which, especially after conjunctions, ^Mlc. 5:2. aJudg. 8:19. alsa. 1:9. < Gen. 13:9. 58 HEBREW SYNTAX [?20. the ordinary rendering Owe or have) is entirely sufflcient; e. g., ns'lj '5 (Isa. 16: 12; Gen. 28:15; 2 Kgs. 4:24). (c) That the Perfect may also be used to express a vHsh, i. e. , as a Precative, Is claim- ed by some grammarians. In accordance with this usage, the following passages are by some explained: Isa. 26:15; 43:9; Ps.4:2; 7:7; 10:16; 22:22; 31:6; 57:7; 71:3; 116:16; Job 21:16; 22:18, and a few others. But expositors do not agree on the oases in which this force exists; and nearly every case cited by any writer can be satisfactorily ex- plained in another way. (d) Of Interest, likewise, are those cases in which the Perfect is used in interroga- tion a) after such phrases as 'riD ^;> tiUwhent njH 1^ up to where t e.g., Ex. 10:3; Ps. 80:5; and (2) where the speaker desires to represent a thing as highly improbable; e. g.. Gen. 18:12; 21:7; Deut. 5:23; Judg. 11:13. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Isa. 46:1 f 2a. Isa. 60:1 2c. Jer. 2:26; 13:26 2a. Jer. 25:38 2b. Jer. 28:2 2a. Jer. 31:1* 1 Jer. 46:14-16 2o. Joel 2:10; 4:15 26. Amos 5:2 2a. Mic. 1:9,12,16 2c. Zeph. 1:11 2c. Zech. 9:6 2c. Zeoh.ll:2 2c. Ps. 7:13; 11:2 2b. Isa. 9:1-6; 10:28-31 2a. Ps. 22:22, 30 2a. Isa. 11:8; 13:10 2b. Ps. 28:6 2c. Isa. 16:12 3 Ps. 30:13; 36:13 2a Isa. 16:8, 9 2c. Ps.41:4 2a. Isa. 16:10; 18:5 2b. Ps.56:14 2e. Isa. 21:1 2a. Ps. 69:17 3 Isa. 23:1, 4, 14 2c. Ps. 71:24 2c. Isa. 24:4-12. 2o. Ps. 73:15 4 Isa. 25:8 2b. Ps. 85:11 2a. Isa. 34:2 2c. Ps. 94:17 4 Isa. 43:20 1 Kuth 4:3 1 Gen. 17:20 1 Gen. 30:13. 2c. Ex. 12:17 Lev.26:44 Num. 32:19 Deut. 28:45, 62 Judg. 14:18 Judg. 15:3 1 Sam. 1:28 ISam. 15:2 1 Sam. 25:34 2 Sam. 6:24 lKgs.3:13 Isa. 6:6 20, The Imperfect, used of Past Events. 1. a. "is HvIK Di' "l3N'^ perish the day on which I was bom. IQ^pD' T)f2ilPP the depths covered them. "13"1P r^N3 IHNlfD'^ he found him in a desert land. 1 Job 3:3. 2 Ex. 16:6. > Dt. 32:10. 2 20.] BY AN INDTJCTITB METHOD. 69 &• n{J'D""^*K'' tiV- then sang {proceeded to sing) Moses. 'K3 iVTV, W)^ T\^m:^ \y'p ^yf and no shml of the field was yet in the earth. 1J*£) pIHE' VOtiS', fN^ then our mouth was filled with laughter. 2. ri^{2'!3 rtitif nSJ'J^* pi* "''"•'^ *° ^^ ^^ y^^ ^y y^f- [throng. V^y'y? n'?D'? Q*r''??i> ^'55^ ^^^ ^^^^^ *" 9° *" *^ house of God in a DD**1 ^IBTl k7 7lNtI' !l*in* Saul's sword never returned empty. |t *• T T VJ.' The Imperfect, designating ttat which is unfinished (developing, mov- ing), is used of events which belong to the sphere of the past. Here may be distinguished :" 1. The incipient (strictly so called) imperfect, which represents the action so designated as beginning or in tnovement. This usage, a. Is most common in poetic and prophetic diction, when, present- ing the action in the most vivid and lively manner, it is equivalent to our historical present.^ " <* b. Is common in prose with certain particles which mark the point in the past at which the action described was still unconcluded. These particles are f^{ thm, DItO, D1£03 not yet.^ T VJV vjv : 2. The frequentative imperfect, used to express repeated ants, habits or customs/"'' REMARKS. (a) Certain exceptional oases of the Imperfect used of past time are Gen. 37:7; Ex. 8:20; Deut. 32:35; 2 Sam. 15:37; 23:10; 1 Kga. 7:8b; 21:6; 2 Kgs. 13:20; Jer. 52:7; Bzek. 9:4; Job 6:17; Ps.56:4. (W This Imperfect is frequently used in poetry immediately after a Perfect, to in- dicate the "rapid and Instantaneous manner in which the second action is conceived as foUowlng the first," e. g.,Bx. 15:13, 14; Hab. 3:10; Ps. 37:14f.; 74:14; 77:17. (c) Just as a prophetic Perfect may be inserted In a series of Imperfects (8 19. 2. 6), so an Imperfect may be Inserted In a series of Perfects, and the description thus be rendered more lively and forceful, e. g., Isa. 9:10; Joel 2:3 fl. ; Nah. 2:5. ((J) This Imperfect is also frequently used in descriptions instead of the more com- monly employed participle, e. g.. Gen. 2:10; and in circumstantial clauses, e. g., 2 Sam. 15:37. (6) IK is found sometimes with the Perfect; D^.U also, but rarely; e. g., Gen, 4:26; 24:16; Ex. 4:26; 15:15; 1 Sam. 3:7a; Ps. 90:2. if) The frequentative use of the Imperfect has Its origin as follows : the Imperfect charaoterizea an action or state as uncompleted. The action thus characterized, may, indeed, be one which has not begun; but, if fiegu". and in the sphere of the past, it must unless it be a continuous action, be one which is repeatedly exercized. A mere continuous action (see h below) is expressed by the Participle. 1 Ex. 15:1. ■ sPs. 126:2. 6 Ps. 65:16. o 2 Sam. 1:22. J Gen. 2:5. <1 Sam. 1:7. 60 HBBBEW SYNTAX [2 21. (ff) The incipient and frequentative Imperfect denote actions which are un- finished; they differ, however, in that the former is used only of single acts, the latter of several. (h) The difference between the usage of the Participle and Imperfect is important : the former represents an action as continuing without interruption; the latter as occur- ring repeatedly. In many cases the difference may be difacult to perceive ; a close study, however, will invariably show that there is a distinction, it being impossible to substitute one for the other without a change of meaning. " While the Imperfect multiplies an action, the Participle prolongs it; the one presents a series of units, the other, a continuous line."* Cf. Gen. 29:2; 1 Sam. 2:13 f. ; 1 Kgs. 10:22. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 3:10 la. 1 Kgs. 3:4; 5:28 2 Gen. 6:4 2 Isa. 1:21 2 Gen. 19:4; 24:45 lb. Isa.6:2 la. Gen. 80:38; 31:39 2 Isa. 7:23 2 Ex. 1:13 2 Isa. 23:7 2 Bx.l5:6,7,15 la. Isa.26:ll 2 Ex. 19:19 2 Isa. 43:17 lo. Num. 9:16-23 2 Isa. 45:4 la. Num. 23:7 la. Isa. 51:2 la. Deut. 32:16, 17 2 Hab. 3:3, 7 la. Josh.8:30; 10:12; 22:1 lb. Pb.7:16.... la. Josh. 23:10 2 Ps. 18:4, 7,21 lo. Judg.2:l la. Ps.30:9 la. Judg. 2:18 2 Ps. 42:5 3 Judg. 5:8,26,29 la. PB.69:5 lb. Judg.6:5 2 Ps.95:10 2 1 Sam. 2:22. 2 Ps. 99:6f 2 1 Sam. 3:3, 7b IS. Ps. 104:6-8 lo. lSam.9:9 2 Job 4:12; 10:10 f la. 2 Sam. 15:37 la. 21. The Imperfect, used of Present Events. 1. ^|5iri"n!0 'nQJ^7^ saying : What art thou seeking ? i^^i^tifP ti/^ii 1N"iri njn^ so, ye see (the) man is mad. t*"|X"'5 r 9 15V!r''^ kings of the earth set themselves. 2. "1J1 ")0X*. ]^''7il^ therefore it is said, etc. n'lfiX 'JS "liD5' ''^1^ '^'"^ "'^^ the first-horn of my sons Iredeem. '^114! 25'i5J'' '^5^* "^y ^""^ ^^ restoreth, he guideth, etc. *155* mr?^ 'NT'DN' those who fear Tahweh, he honoreth. * Driver's Vac of the Tenses in Hebrew, 1881, pp. 41, 42. 1 Gen. 37:15. 3Ps.2:2. s Ex. 13:15. 1PS.15:1. 2 1 Sam. 21:16. 4 Gen. 10:9 6Pb.23:3. ? 21.] BY AN INDTJCTIYE METHOD. 61 3. D'iilD nJHJ'I^p ^tJ'N^^ J^f «« ^ees do. 22^'7 tiay "n D'J^J;'? nin> DIKH^ man looheth ^ ^^"""H *'■«« thou mayest eat. r?^f"irT ilty'® the murderer may return. [thou shalt eat. 3. a. ^'2iiT\ "IfiJ^I n^ri ^jJllif'^i^^'' upon thy belly thou shalt go and dust DJJri N"? nV"iri N^^ thou shalt do no murder. . . thou shalt not b. IS'^JJ'Ofl nnK")-'^^ 6m* t^ou shouldst rule over him. [steal. Tl'7)3n"DJ^ ^^N- ■ •'5^155')^^ and I ought to sit with the king. "IJDX r\My b'Z^ nyt^'Sn'^^ was Alner to die as a fool dieth. ■■ ; - T T T : - c. ^t'lDJ? W""l5^?^^ ^** '*"''' thy servant speak. d. n5I?3 n'?pn ^^^D'."'?^?^^ ^** **"' *^ ^''*S' ^^^^ against his servant. ?]J^") niSn flOV'' why shouldst thou smite thy neighbor? T]'?K '3 ♦DJN 'pi^ who am I that I should go? 1 Gen. 12:12. 6 Ex. 4:14. 11 Ex. 20:14. 15 Gen. 44:18. a Gen. 15:8 ilKgs. 8:5. "Gen. 4:7. 16 1 Sam. 19:4. s Gen. 16:12. 8 Gen. 2:16. 13 1 Sam. 20:5. 11 Ex. 2:13. 41 Sam. 12:25. 9 Num. 35:28. u 2 Sam. 3:33. 18 Ex. 3:11. 6 Gen. 41:15. 10 Gen 3:14. 2 22.] BY AN rNDUCnVB METHOD. 63 4. a. INVOfl "IJJ'NO Dfl 03*7 IflD^ take for you straw whence ye may ^nd t<. [brother. '\T\V!^r^'^ nV^* '^^N nVII^ *^^ murderer who might slay his wie ^aZ/ thy house, I would not go in with thee. ^>J?. ^O DJ pNO '^£)I?"^l^^ nup"? ty>{< "tdv-dn* if a man could number the dust of the earth, thy seed also could he numbered. c- li^OB" K*? "ItS'N^ <^<*< t^y ''nay not understand. 3'lp^"JJ7 "Itifii \i^u7^ t^^ there may not come near. 11* n7E""?£)'' lest he put forth his hand. The Imperfect, as designating that which is unfinished, finds its fullest and largest use in describing events which are yet within the sphere of the future. Here we may distinguish : 1. The future imperfect, corresponding to our future. This is merely an extension of the incipient Imperfect {?? 21. 1; 22. 1), since future ac- tions are conceived of as events which are to begin at some future time." 2. The potential imperfect, which denotes a. Possibility and capability, usually best expressed by the auxil- iaries can, may, or if the action is viewed from the stand-point of the past, by could, might. b. Permission and concession, to be rendered in the same way.** 3. The imperative imperfect, used in presenting ideas which are also expressed by the Imperative, or which are practically equivalent to those expressed by the Imperative : — a. Command, prohibition; the latter may be expressed only by the Imperfect, the Imperative never being used with a negative (§ 24. 1. a.). b. Obligation, necessity; the exact rendering in these cases must be determined by the demands of the context, e. g., I must sit, 1 ought to sit, I am to sit, I should sit. c. Entreaty, deprecation; these may be distinguished from com- mand, and prohibition, by noting the position of the speaker and his relation to the person or persons addressed. With this be- longs the use of the Imperfect in 1 Ex. 6 :U. » 1 KgB. 13 :8. t Gen. 11 :7. ' Gen. 3 :23. sDeut. 4:12. < Gen. 13:16. 6 Num. 17:5. 64 HEBREW SYNTAX [? 22. d. Questions implying deprecation or entreaty,-' <* or perhaps only greater courtesy t&an would have been expressed by the Per- fect.6 4. The subjunctive imperfect; under which may be classified loosely three or four general usages : a. In expressions of indefiniteness and uncertainty (compare ? 23. 2, above); h. In certain forms of conditional sentences (§ 48. 4, 7. a) ; c. In final sentences after conjunctions, e. g., Wu7i "112^5 (I 47. 4. h).f REMARKS. (o) It may te suflclent to say that the Imperfect is used to denote future events because they ar j in the strictest sense incomplete. (b) The cases belonging under the -potential Imperfect are to be regarded aslndica/- tives, since they express independent ideas (cf . 8 23. i. a). (e) Compare Josh. 9:8 and Gen. 16:8. (d) After nn'?, ynn, yx. (6) Compare the use of the Perfect in Gen. 40:15; Isa. 43:22. (/) On the use of the Imperfect with 1 to express purpose, see § 24. 1. «, and 2. d. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 2:1T 3a. ISam. 14:44 3b. Gen. 27:4, 10, 19, 25 4c. 1 Sam. 21:15 3d. Gen. 42:37 2b. IKgs. 3:8 2a. Ex. 3:3 3b. IKgs. 8:27 2a. Ex. 5:11 40. 2Kgs. 12:5 4o. Ex. 5:15 3d. Isa. 1:18 1 Ex. 8:23 4a. Isa. 33:14 2a. Ex. 9:19 4a. Isa. 40:30 2b. Ex. 10:26 3b. Isa. 49:15 2o. Ex. 20:3-17 3a. Jer. 24:2 2a. Ex. 21:12 3o. Hos. 2:1 2a. Ex. 22:26 3b. Ps. 5:8 2a. Num. 11 :12 3d. Ps. 8 :5 3d. Num. 15:14 3a. Ps. 15:1 2a. Num. 23:8 3b. Ps. 18:30 2a. Num. 32:11 3a. Ps.27:3 4b. Num. 35:33 2o. Ps.30:6 2b. Num. 36:7, 9 3a. Ps.32:8 3b. Dt.5:22 3d. Ps. 44:21 f 4b. Dt.l2:ll 1 Job4;19 2a. Dt. 32:29 4b. Job 7:17 3d. Judg.l7:9 3d. Job 8:11 2o. Judg. 19:17 3d. Job 38:31 2o. ? 28.] BY AJsr INDUCTIVE METHOD. 65 23. The Jussive, Imperative and Cohortative. 1. a. "nlN-'n* 'N "10K*V and God said: Let there he light. ?|QJ<"nN1 ?|*5?<"i^N "135^ hcmor thy father and thy mother. ^T tDt2ti/rf let thy hand release it. )2QQ^r\~^ii 'pj QT)* and shed not innocent blood. : ; • - ]■ r t: ^- ^pl^t. ''^'^ Jacob will [he permitted to) rejoice. tl^'N nj^lfl ay^ let Pharaoh look out a man. ri") l"? "1QN*V and he said to him : Run. rriW n'?On 'JIN"? ItJ'p^'^ ^^* ^^^'"^ seek for my lord. . .a maiden. c- '015 r51 'J'5 NJ'ltOflti'^iMtZg'e noio between me and my vineyard. ♦JIK'P "in* KJ-'^N" let not the Lord be angry. ^T'l^i^ NJ"2^*^^ let thy servant remain., I pray. d. tilWT\\ aiD5 nK*11 ffVP '' ^5'1?"^ Yahweh bless thee out of Zion and see thou the good of Jerusalem. D'flfl D'i^tJ'")"?^^ ItDp'^' upon the wicked, he shall rain snares. Vni Ib'I^ JlNF* If ye do this, then ye shall live. e. )l7'7 'ni TlSJTrntJ'fl-'^ appoint darkness — then shall be night. ^7 J^^'l mriv nip^^ ■""*** on. Yahweh that he may save thee. 2. a. ^Ipty n7'lJNV'' o-nd I will make great thy name. ^^"^ V HD'^^^^ we «'»^^ so thOher. *-_ ^ . |.. b. nUDtJ'NI n7'JlN^* ^e« me be glad and rejoice. T : : ■■• : T J' t n3*'7B'J'l npnJJ^" let us break asunder and cast. T J- : - : |t : - : c. rF"13pN1 N|'r?'7^N^^ let me go up, I pray, and bury. D'P* DB''?^ nH ^^"•157|3^^ we would fain go three days' journey^ d. TyjiH) '*? HKOnV^ 0''n'd bring it to me and I will [that Imay) eat.. Trt" : • T J- T : lUnNI 'ilOQ '^NJJ'^ ask of me that Imay give. 1 Gen. 1:3. » 3 Sam. 18:23. 13 Ps. 11:6. 19 Ps. 31:8. 2Ex. 20:K. 8lKgs.l:2. " Gen. 42:18. 20 Ps. 2:3. sDt. 16:3. 9lsa.5:3. 15 Ps. 104:20. 21 Gen. 50:5. « Jer. 7:6. 10 Gen. 18:30. 16 Prov. 20:22. 22 Ex. 3:18. 6 Ps. 14:7. 11 Gen. 44:33. " Gen. 12:2. 28 Gen. 27:4. 6 Gen. 41:33 12 Ps. 128:5. 18 Gen. 22:5. 24 Ps. 2:8. 66 HEBREW SYNTAX [| 23. speak, my grief is not assuaged, and though I forbear, what depart- eth from me. The simple Imperfect, in the majority of instances, is an indicative. That it may also be used with the force of an imperative or subjunctive, has been shown in ? 22. 3. There are, however, certain special forms" *"<* of the Imperfect, the Jussive and Cohortative, which always convey some such force. These forms, it may be said, express " a motion of the will," and hence may be joined together under the head of "voluntative." With the " voluntative " Imperfect, there may be classified for syntactical purposes the Imperative. We may distinguish as follows : — 1. The Jussive, used of the second and third persons,* and the Imper- ative, used only of the second, denote, in general, a strong desire that something should happen/ They may express a. A positive injunction or command; the Jussive, but not the Im- perative, may also express prohibition.o^'i'iJ^ b. Permission to do a thing, advice, or suggestion. c. Entreaty, or simple petition. d. Benediction, imprecation, threatening. e. Conditional or final ideas. 2. The Cohortative, used only of the first person^ (sg. or pi.), empha- sizes the direction of the will, the intention or purpose.™ " It is employed, therefore, a. To mark a strong determination to do a given thing (expressed by I will). b. To indicate a self -excitement toward a certain line of conduct (expressed by let me). c. To express a wish or request. d. In subordinate finul sentences (of. 1. e. above), and in conditional sentences (? 48. R (i)). REMARKS. (a) See Elements of Hebrew, § 72. 1, 2. (b) While, therefore, the ordinary form of the Imperfect may have the force of an Imperative or SubjunctiTe, the special forme must have that force. In many gram- matical forms there is no possible way of distinguishing the ordinary and the special form, e. g., 7t3p'. may mean he will kill, he shall kill, let him kill. (c) The shortened .form of the Jussive, corresponding to the Arabic Jussive, is ac- counted for by the fact that the form is one of command and hence pronounced rapidly. 1 Job 16:6. i 23.] BY AN rNDUCTIVB METHOD. 67 (d) The special form of the Cohortative (marked by the syllable n_) corresponds to the Arable Energetic, the nature of which is indicated by its name. (e) A few oases of the Jussive of the first person are found, e. g., Dt. 18:16; 1 Sam. U:36. (/) The Jussive and likewise the Imperative are often found in poetry where the ordinary form would have been expected. This anomalous usage is to be explained not upon the supposition that the mood has here lost its original force, but that the poet saw fit, for the sake of vividness and variety, to represent a given act under the form of a command, rather than in the usual manner. Cases of this usage in the second person are found in Ps. 41:3; 65:U; 98:7; 104:19; 114:3-7; Isa. 3:9; 13:2; 23:1,4; 36:1 f.; 40:3, 9; 54:14; 57:14; 62:10. Cases of the same usage which may be said to be expressive of emotion In the third person, are found in Ps. 11:6; 12:4; 34:6; 50:3; 66:7; 72:8,13,16,17; 85:14; 121:3; Jer.46:6; 51:3; Zech. 9:5; 10:7. (ff) In prohibition, (1) in the second person, the ordinary Imperfect takes t(fS and means tftott shalt not, the Jussive takes bs and means do not; (2) In the third person, the ordinary Imperfect takes iih and means he shaH not, the Jussive takes Sn and means let Mm not; rarely the Jussive takes xS? c e-, '\0'n vh Gen. 4:12. (h) The Cohortative Imperative {Elements of Hebrew, g ;t. 3) emphasizes the ear- nestness of the request, marking it as especially impressive, e. g., Dt. 26:15; Ps. 6:5. (i) When several verbal forms expressing command would follow in succession, three usages exist: (1) The use of successiveImperatives,e.g.,Gen.l:22; 22:2; Isa.l:16; (2) the use of the Imperative for the first, and of ordinary Imperfects for the remain- ing forms, e. g., Dt. 33:7; (3) the use of the Imperative for the first and of the Perfect with Waw Consecutive for the remaining forms, e. g.. Gen. 6:14. U) When several successive commands are made, of which one or more are in the first or third persons, the latter must of necessity be expressed by the Imperfect, e. g., Gen. 24:56; Dt. 9:14; Jer. 51:9. (ft) The interchange of the Imperative and the Imperfect (2d pers.), in the expres- sion of command, occurs without perceptible force; the only gain being that of variety. (I) A few cases of the Cohortative of a third person occur: Isa. 5:19 (twice); Ezek. 23:20; Prov. 1:20; 8*3. In the last three cases it does not seem to have any significance. (m) Notice is to be taken here of the fact that a form like that of the Cohortative occurs frequently with the Waw Consecutive; it is not to be regarded, however, as a Cohortative; Gen. 32:6; 1 Sam. 2:28 and in all about ninety times. (n) Cases in which the volition indicated by PI— is so controlled by outward circum- stances as almost to become an involuntary action are found in Ps. 42:5, 10; 55:3, 18: 77:4, 7; Job 10:1; Isa. 38:10; 59:10; Jer. 3:25. Perhaps in some cases the n_ cohortative, like the n_ directive, has entirely lost its original f oroe, Ps. 88 :16 ; Jer. 4 :19, 21. REFERENCES FOR STUDY, Gen. 11:3, 7 2b. Gen. 41:34 IS Gen.l2:2 le. Gen.50:6 2c. Gen. 12:13 lo. Ex. 10:1, 12, 21 la. Gen. 13:9 2d. Ex. 23:1 la. Gen. 13:15. 2o. lev. 10:9 la. Gen. 22:6 2c. Num. 9:8 2a. Gen. 24:2 l". Num. 11:13 2c. Gen. 27:7 le- Dt.9:27 Ic. Gen.30:28, 31 2d. Dt. 10:1 la. 88 HEBREW SYNTAX [? 24.' Deut. 12:20 2a. Isa. 1:16 lo. Deut. 13:3,14 26. Isa. 1:18 8b. Deut. 20:5 16. Isa. 5:8 Ic. Deut. 28: 8; 33:6 Id. Isa. 23:1 Id. Judges 11:17,19 2c. Isa. 41: 22,23,26 2d. 1 Sam. 2:10 Id. Mlc. 1:8 2a. 1 Sam. 15:16 l6. Hab. 3:17,18 2d. 2 Sam. 12:8; 17:3 2d. Job 6:8-10 2d. 2 Sam. 16:9; 17:1; 24:14 2c. Ps. 2:3 26. 24. The Imperfect, with Waw Consecutive. 1. a. vDNfll I3"n7 n^Krr 'y7t'\')^<''''>'d the wom. went her way and ate. - - ; - ; T * T V -J" - ♦trflJ '75f5m D*JQ-'7N D»J3 'N TfiO!^ I have seen God face to face, and my life has heen spared. Ji{5f*1 X3 Drilf'l' 'i™^ I- ^"'d come and he had gone out. — T ) T : • : *• fN^ril- ■ ■ -^ONV • - ■'' ")QK Il3* <^*«« ««4*^ ^■•' (/«raeZ is my son), and I say, {Let my son go), and thou refusest (to let him, go). inViril DnN'rrQ^ what is man, and [yet) thou hnowest him. Itt'n*') Dr?3 flK'J® £[e hloweth upon them, and they wither. 7Jf^*T 7'iKt5' n'^llQ^ -Se hringeth down to Sheol, and bringeth up. 75Nri*1 n^l^^ he is weeping and m,ourning. ni^tSm D'lJ ^'^yr\^ Thou expellest the nations, and plantest it. T S.- T • - • "T : : T| : • - : • ^- t ; • - • : - jt - *-. VJV for to US a child shall he horn; and the dominion shall he upon his shoulder, and one shall call his name, etc. D'?1p----1iri»l pOl^n pNQ Q'KS OnVJ"- watchmen come from a distance, and shall lift up their voice. Remark. — In reference to the substitution of the Imperfect with Waw Consecutive for the Perfect, three general statements may be made : (1) In uninterrupted narrative in which the first verb is a Perfect, or some equivalent of the Perfect, the verbs following are regularly in the Imperfecf* with Waw Consecutive,^ unless they are separated from the conjunction by intervening words." ilSam.l:18. ■< Ex. 4:22,23. ilSam.2:6. ioIsa.9:5. sGen.32:31. 6Ps.l44:3. 82Sam.l9:2. iijer.4:16. 8 Gen. 24:62,63. e Isa. 40:24. 9Ps.80:9. ? 24.] BT AN QTOUCTrVB METHOD. 69 (2) The expression for and-he-called heing, therefore, Kip*") i the form K*1p1 cannot be used in this sense ; see, however, ? 26. 2. (3) From the instances cited above, it will be seen that the introduc- tory verbal form may, under certain circumstances, be an Imperfect, or a Participle ; in some cases even a noun is employed, and in others, no governing word of any kind precedes. We may now consider the more important details : 1. The Imperfect with Waw Consecutive is found, like the Perfect, for which it is a substitute, a. To describe events or conditions belonging to the sphere of the past (? 17. 1-4), whether as a historical Perfect, a present Perfect, an indefinite Perfect, or a Pluperfect ;'^ in these cases it is the continuation of a Perfect. b. To describe events or conditions belonging to the sphere of the present (? 18. 1-3), whether as a Perfect of the immediate past, a stative Perfect, or a Perfect of experience ; in these cases it is the continuation of a Perfect, or a Participle, or a nominal expression, or even an Imper- fect which refers to the present. c. To describe events belonging to the sphere of the future ; it assumes here the usage of the prophetic Perfect (2 19. 2). Two cases are, however, to be distinguished : (1) that in which the Imperfect with Waw Consecutive, having this usage, is preceded by a prophetic Perf ect.« (2) that in which it is not so preceded ; this occurs when the writer desires to introduce a prophetic Perfect for variety, but, at the same time, wishes to connect it with what precedes./ REMARKS. (a) On the form of the Imperfect which is thus used with the Waw Consecutive, see Elememts-of Bebrew, S 78. (b) Various theories have been presented in explanation of the form of the con- junction, • ! . Bwald's view, that the vowel and DagheB-forte were the reUcs of some particle like tS5 , seems most satisfactory. (c) For the explanation of the use of the tense In this conneotion, Professor Driver says: "The Imperfect (from the point of view of the spectator) expresses what in German is called Eintritt, and represents action, as etofreteniJ— two terms which may be rendered in English by ingress and inffressive. A succession of events need not invariably be regarded as a mere series of completed and independent wholes: each term may be conceived as having relations with the one preceding it; it may be viewed as stepping in after it, as presenting itself to view through an entrance pre- pared by its forerunner. The date at which the ingress, or entry, is imagined to take place Is determined by the • 1 , which connects the new event with a point previously 70 HBBKEW STNTAX [2 24. assigned in the narrative: the goal at which it sets out, the starting-point from which it takes its origin, and to which therefore it is relative, is fixed at the termination of the action denoted by the preceding verb."— Hebrew Tenses, p. 85. ((J) Two comparisons may be considered here with profit : (1) In Assyrian there are two forms of the Imperfect, differing only slightly from each other, and both etymo- logically connected with the Hebrew Imperfect; of these the first represents an action as continuing, whether in past, present, or future; the second is the usual narrative tense, equivalent to the Greek Aorist, e. g., Iddin (= in-din), the etymological equivalent of |n% always means fte gave, while tfl' has this meaning only when pre- ceded by a Waw Consecutive. (2) In Arabic, there are not a few cases in which the Imperfect is used in the sense of an Aorist, e. g., y a-qum, the etymological equiva- lent of Dip'' , when preceded by the negative adverb lam means Tie did not stand; DIDJ is so translated only when the Waw Consecutive precedes. (6) Some assert that an Imperfect with Waw Consec. may be used as a Pluperfect without any preceding Perfect, e. g., aiDNl , Isa. 8:3; W2J1, 37:5; but this may well be doubted. (/) Having introduced his thought by a propMtie Perfect, the writer may continue it in one of four ways: (1) by an Imperfect with Waw Consecutive; (3) by changing abruptly to the Imperfect used in a future sense; (3) by a Perfect, the connective "and" being omitted; (4) by a Perfect, the connective "and" being separated by cer- tain words from the verb. (g) This is of course rare and limited to prophetic usage; according to Professor Driver (p. lU) the only cases are Isa. 2:9; B:15f.; 9:10-15; 59:15b-17; Ezek. 28:16; 31:12; Jer. 4:16; 15:6b-7; 51:29; Ps. 64:8-10; 94:23; but some of these are doubtful. 2. a. injlin* "1 . ■ • • VD DD" y o-'nd Cain rose up and slew him. Dn'3"7K IN^""! litr*!^ OMd they returned and came unto their T V J T — -1\ T — house, i- K^n^V.-.N^NI ♦f'ifO^' ^'?1p"nN' I heard thy voice in the garden, and so was afraid and hid myself. nti'N'p '"P nriN HDXI* a,nd so Itooh her to be my wife. c. ^fl'^V • • • 'K "^Ip Di^ yOtJ^rr^ did ever a people hear the voice of God, and yet live f Dfl*1DN1_- •D^^I^{ ^flDHN^ I loved you. .and yet ye say. [is dead. d. 'J2^>K nO*1 'JK nJO'^N-rrty'N^ I am a widowjor my husband TJT- ■ T T T : - T • ^DJifll iltyO iQtJ' N"lDfl"l^ ^''^'^ *'^« called his name Moses, and -1 - V : t|: • - said, etc. e. "lON''^ \ 'inS'lp^l* and he blessed him; and he said, etc. 1 Gen. 4:8. a Gen. 8:10. 6Dt.4:33. » 2 Sam. 14:6. a 1 Sam. 1:19. < Gen. 12:19. 6 Mai. 1:2. s Ex. 2:10. s Gen 27:23,24. i 24.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 71 Dri'^X "IXpN'! ; Iflpl'V '^"'^ '^*y hated him all the more; and he said, etc. /". ^^175*1 '^N'ltJ'l B'lp^ tfie Holy One of Israel, who hath chosen thee. 1J*nbK ITT'1 J ■•■•nN'7fin' the travaU how our fathers descended. which was in the camp of the P. (and it) went on continually. ?|pJ'7 Kip n^'n"?! D1» "liN*? a Knp*V and God called the T : |^T tJ -IT 1 V J - : T t| : • - light day, and the darkness he called night. InN K"13 a D'7V3.---'K aiy)^ and God created...., in the T T VJV ; T : •- image of God created he him. b. 1'?1p ]n> p'>^^^ '♦ D^DW^ O^y)! and r. thundered in the heavens, and the Most Sigh uttered his voice. Ip'Bi^! nn^J n'?!51 C3"!i>!,P l'^'?? '5* M they are JtUed from the east, and they strike hands with the children of strangers. 4. 'K 10K*1 ^^I'lD ^^^ ^n^y ''''"^ *'* '^ame to pass at that time that Abimelech said. 'p N5*T. D'Q* l^pD ''il^Y "™'^ ■*' '^""** *" pass at the end of days that Cain brought, etc. ItJ'J/ ; '?fl"1QK *D'5 'n^y and it came to pass in the days of Amraphel. . . . they made war. n^ni *^^^ ^P^rfD 'n*l^ '^'"■'^ ** "ame to pass the sun had gone down. . . .and behold. 5- NIpNI *7lp 'P^'inS* as J^ lifted up my voice and cried. [me. '"P ^^5J*1 ^tX " "'^''^^'' *^"* ^"*^ taken venison and brought it to 3. When for any reason one or more words intervene between the Imperfect and its conjunction, a. In prose, the verb invariably goes back to the Perfect ; for the whole force of the construction seems to rest upon the union of the verbal form and the conjunction ; but iGen.l:5. 4lsa.2:6. 'Gen.Mrl. 9Gen.39.18. J Gen. 1:27. sQen. 31:22. s Gen. 16:17. "Gen. 27:33. sPs. 18:4. e Gen. 4:3. 2 24.] BY AN ESTDTJCTIVE! METHOD. 73 b. In poetry, the verb is frequently found still remaining in the Imperfect, thus adding vividness and force to the narrative, in accordance ■with the principle explained in ? 20. 1. a. 4. Notice is to be taken of the frequent occurrence of the preparatory formula 'n^") and it happened, and it was, to introduce adverbial and especially temporal clauses. This usage, while not universal, prevails largely in the earlier books. The following verb may be either Imperfect with Waw Consecutive, a Perfect, or, when the context demands, an Imperfect. Frequently, also, the sentence is resumed by llJini , or by T with the subject of the verb. 5. The Imperfect with Waw Consecutive is used to continue a sen- tence introduced by an Infinitive or Participle. This occurs, in contrast with the parallel usage of the Perfect, with Waw Consecutive (225. 5), when that which is described by the Infinitive or Participle is something real or definite, rather than contingent or indefinite. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 1:6; 3:3,17 3a. Z gam. 16:13 lo. Gen. 23:20; 31:27 26. 1 Kgs. 2:5; 18:13 2/. Gen. 32:31 2(5. 1 Kgs. 9:21; 12:17 2g. Gen. 35:3; 49:171) 5 1 K&a.lO:l la. Gen. 36:14,22 ^. 1 K8rs.l9:10 IS. Gen. 39:18 5 2 Kgs.l:2 2(1. Gen.42:21,22 2e. 2Kgs.l5:l; 18:1 i Ex. 4:22,32 IS. Isa. 2:6 36. Ex. 40: 18 26. Isa. 5: 1,2 la. Num. 22:11 6 Isa. 5: 14,15; 6:25; 9:6; 24:6; 31:2; 48: Dt.l0:15 2b. 20,21 Ic. Dt. 17:2,3 IS. Isa. 40:14 2b. Josh. 4:9 lb. Isa. 61:2b 3b. Josh. 8: 24 5 Isa. 51:12 lb. Josh. 22:17 2/. Jer. 6:19 Zg. Judg. 1:36 2c. Joel 2: 23 Ic. Judg.5:l; 6:27 2e. Mlo.2:13 lo. Judg. 11:1b 2/. Nah.l:4,5 lb. Judg. 16:23 2(J. Hab.3:5,16,19 3b. 1 Sam. 7:12; 18:11 ZO. Mai. 1:2 2c. lSam.8:8: 16:17 2/. Ps. 8:6b; 18:8; 24:2 3b. 1 Sam. 28:1,2 i Ps. 22:30 Ic. 2Sam.3:8 2c. Ps. 34:8; 50:17 lb. 2 Sam. 11:1; 15:1; 21:1 i Ps. 50:16,5; 92:11 2b. 2 Sam. 19:2 lJt>- Prov. 11:2 IS. 74 HEBREW SYNTAX [? 26. 25. The Perfect, with Waw Consecutive. 1. a. .. .nDty'ni r\^V INV and a mist used to go up and water I T : • : V *: I- • : the Util n *? ♦ 1 . • ■ • 'KH 'JS IJi^'^ <^ «o«« 0/ <^''d used to go in.... V T : -IT : ■• : J t orecZ the form Nip*') cannot be used in this sense ; see, however, ? 26. 2. (3) From the instances cited above and below, it will be seen that the introductory verbal formula may be an Imperfect, Imperative, Participle ; that in some cases even a noun may be employed, and, in others, no gov- erning word of any kind precedes. We may now consider the more important details : 1. The Perfect with Waw Consecutive is found (with a preceding Imperfect or equivalent) like the Imperfect (or Imperative, or Participle), for which it is a substitute, a. To describe events or conditions belonging to the sphere of the past (§20. 2), especially as a, frequentative Imperfect. iGen.«:39. < Lev. 1:2. 6 Gen. 8:17. 8lsa.2S:13. aButh2:7. s Ex. 3:16. ' Gen, 12:13. 9 Gen. 3:22. fjud. 19:13. 76 HBBEBW SYNTAX [? 25. h. To describe events or conditions belonging to the sphere of the present (§21,1-3), whether as an incipient, definite frequentative, or indef- inite frequentative Imperfect. c. To describe events belonging to the sphere of the future (? 22. 1-4) ; whether (1) after an Imperfect, Participle, ot prophetic Perfect, as a future Imperfect ; (2) after a jussive or cohortative Imperfect ; (3) after an Imperative ; (4) after a subjunctive Imperfect expressing purpose."'.^ REMARKS. (a) On the form of the Perfect when thus used, and especially on the change of accent which takes place, see Elements of Ilebrew, § 78. (S) On the form of the conjunction when thus used see Elements of Hebrew, S 75. (e) In explanation of this use of the Perfect three points may Reconsidered: (1) that the idiom corresponds to and was called forth by the opposite construction of the Imperfect with Waw Consecutive ;* (2) that " the usage rests originally upon a *play of the imagination,' in virtue of which an action, when brought into relation with a preceding occurrence as its conseguenee, from the character of inevitability it then assumes, is contemplated as actually completed ;"t (3) "that the consciousness of this relation is to be conceived as essentially dependent upon union with Waw, of which union the change of tone (where not hindered from taking place by external or accidental causes) is the inseparable criterion and accompaniment," the Waw appear- ing really in this connection to possess a demonstrative slgnifloanoe, and being equiv- alent to then or so (cf. Gen. 3:S).t (d) In Assyrian the Perfect has been greatly narrowed (or has not been developed) in Its usage, and presents no analogy to the construction under consideration. In Arabic the Perfect after the conjunction 'adha when,as o/ten as, is said to take the meaning of the Imperfect. (e) It is to be noted that the exact modal force of the preceding dominant verb, characterizes also the following Perfect with Waw Consecutive; in other words, the particular auxiliary used in translating the first verb, vMl, slumld, let, must also be used with the second. (/) The following is a list of particles given by Driver which govern a Perfect with waw iBonsecutive following an Imperfect:— <1) 'S^IX perhaps. Gen. 37:13; (2) 1'J?ori/,l Sam. 26:10; (3) TK t/ie«, 1 Sam.6:3; (4) 1|'K ftow ? Gen. 39:9; (5) Sx not, Jer.17: 21; (6) DX i/. Gen. 28:20,21; (7) 1TO 80 that, Deut. 2:25; i«he7i. Lev. 4:22; wTio so. Gen. 24:14; (8) H inter., Ex. 2:7; (9) xSh nonne ? 2 Kgs. 5:12; (10) ]n if, Jer. 3:1; (il) Q^B or D'1B3 before (that), Jer. 13:16; (12) ICysa when. Dent. 22:26; (13) '3 that. Gen. 37:26; wTien, Ex. 21:20; (14) Di? ''3 Biwelj/, 1 Kgs. 20:6; (15) xS or ^3 ?iot, Ex. 28:43; (16) BJ^DS almost. Gen. 26:10; aV) lS */, Ezek. 14:15; (18) nnS why, 2 Kgs. 14:10; (19) t^jnS in order that. Gen. 12:13; (20) 'Ip expressing wish, 2 Sam. 15:4; (21) ;?"ll'' 'p perhceps, 2 Sam. 12:22 (Q«rl); (22) ^m when, Ps.41:6; (23) 3pJ^ in return far, Deut. 7:12; (24) •^WK 1;; or Ij;? unta. Ex, 23 : 30 ; (24) |B lest. Gen. 3 : 22 ; -10 that, Ecol. 2 : 24. Only a few examples (the list is given. Driver, p. 162) occur of an Imperfect repeated after one of these particles, e. g., Num. 22:6; Isa. 40: 27; Hos. 10:12. * So nearly all grammarians. + Olshausen, 8 229a (of. Driver, p. 141). t Driver, p. 141. 2 26.] BT AH INDTJCTIVB METHOD. 77 2.a.-r\v^.... Q^ti - ni^ i£3$^'i .... Di^n - ^:i D'tt''Nn on}* |ri:ii nt!'0"7N T1N*i' ntJ^Dil ^5"iri a^'^ ^e made them heads over V I • : V |jT - T T - the people. . . .and they used to judge the people but the weighty matters they used to bring.... {_... .a/nd judge. tOfitJ*! 2501 t]?)!"!^ and he would go amd com,e around 6- F1N3 IJ'Ifll IJ7 '' i'n'in^ Y. hath given enlargement to us, and I VJT T J" T T ■ ; • we shall be fruitful in the land. m/'l n'lm m?' K?* thou hast not borne, but thou shalt conceive and bear [your heart. c. Q^^^O T^/)J^~TMi DIl/OI^ therefore drcwmcise the foreshin of ^tj^ii Vr\J2V(f ^<^y lifi'to them. nin' JlN flDrfNV therefore love thou Yahweh. n*nfl IJ^Oy D**n5 ^1D51^ *" choose Ufe, that thou mayest live. d. "ha iDK^nV . .Tl^'^N "l^lOiT he that speaketh to thee. . .bring .. -.|- I .j_ .. .. - . - him to me. 'J,*7 nn'15^1 Y^^ "75^ "'^3^" ^''^^^yone eating leavened bread, that soul shall die. Dy^i^. inpOJ^ I^SP ^'?3Nf Dl'5^1 in the day of your eating from it your eyes will be opened. Dfll^TI i"ll^^^ <** evening, then ye shall know. T(ii Dil^'lp'l 'niO^'''^ when J die, ye shall bury me. Jir\t2ii') ^Ji 'n'^Kti'* ^y^ when thy son shall ask thee thou shalt say. "iDn NJl'JTtJ'l^'l 'J^IDf DN^' if thou rememberest me. . .then do me a kindness. [bring the man ? 3. B^N*? N'DJ'nOI n'^^ n^nV^ but behoW, [if) we go, what shall we IJ/'PD* N'?') nStJ irr" if we sacrifice , will they not stone us f 1 Ex. 18:26. eZech. 1:3. 10 Ex. 12:15. " Deut. 6 : 20,21. a 1 Sam. 7:16. ' Deut. 11:1. " Gen. 3:5. is Gen. 40:14. 8Gen.26:22. sDeut.30:19. nBx.l6:6. i6lSam.9:7. 4Judg. 13:3. 9 2 Sam. 14:10. is 1 Kga. 13:31. "Ex. 8:22. B Deut. 10:16. 78 HEBKBTV SYNTAX [? 25. 2. The Perfect with Waw Consecutive is frequently found without a preceding Imperfect (or equivalent'* to introduce it. Here we may distin- guish several usages : a. When the Perfect {with Waw Consecutive) is equivalent to a frequentative Imperfect ; in such cases the verbal form, but for its con- nection with what precedes, would have been in the Imperfect.""'' 6. When it is equivalent to an ordinary /Miitre Imperfect. c. When it is equivalent to an Imperative expressing a command or entreaty. d. When it is used in the apodosis of a conditional sentence, the protasis being expressed either by a Participle, an Infinitive, a finite verb (Perf. or Impf.), or a noun."'^ 3. When for any reason one or more words intervene between the Perfect and its conjunction, the verb goes back to the Imperfect.^ REMARKS. (o) It will be noted that, lu such passages, an Imperfect Is frequently found In connection with the Perfect (with Waw Consecutive), e. g.. In Ex. 38:26, pK'3' and (6) Notice also the series of Perfects in Josh. 15 : 3-11 ; 16 : 2,3,6,7,8 ; 17 :9 ; 15:12-31, etc. (c) Here 1 has ademonstrofiue/orce; of. the use of /a In Arabic. (d) Notice the use of the Perfect with Waw demonstrative after a Participle, Judg. 7:17; 1 Kgs. 2:2; 18:11,12; 20:36; 2 Kgs. 7:9, etc. (e) There are very few cases of this, nearly all being cited by Driver, p. 181. 4. a. nriN")J"l. ■ • -f^J^ '^4)^5 ^^JV^ "''^ ** *^"^^ ^^ "'^'* Ihring clouds .... then shall he seen D'P^il nnnN3 i^l>^y ^'"•^ *'* *^"^^ ^* *'* *^« «"«^ "/ days, h. ly n'^rrNil ntrO K^S rrm* and it used to be when Moses T V; It V : T T : entered the tent there would come down. 'D tw^), "' I^"lf DK (Tn"!* and it used to happen when Israel had sown that Midian would come up. 5- riQI B^'K n30® the smiter of a man and he dies. D»'7t?'5n ^il "^flJI NV1*n° ^« that goeth forth and falleih upon. . 1.3*7fiJ') ?|fl5/!ll^ *'»^ thy going forth with us and we are separated. ID^I -H^J? flJ|rT5* when thy people are smitten and turn. 1 Gen. 9:14. "Ex. 33:7. b Ex. 21:12. 'Ex. 33:16. !lsa.2:2. JJud.6:3. «Jer.21:9. 8lKgs.8:33. 2 26.] BY AN rNDTTCTIVE METHOD. 79 4. Notice is to be taken of the frequent occurrence of the preparatory formula (1*111 (cf. 'n*! 2 24.), to introduce adverbial and especially tem- T T : ■ :- poral clauses. There may be distinguished, a. The cases in which rt'iTl has the force of & future. T T : 6. The cases in ■which it has a, frequentative force. 5. The Perfect with Waw Consecutive is used to continue a sentence introduced by an Infinitive or Participle. This occurs, in contrast with the parallel usage of the Imperfect with Waw Consecutive (§24. 5), when that which is described by the Infinitive or Participle is something con- tingent or indefinite rather than real or definite. REFERENCES FOR STUDY, Gen. 6:U; 12:3; 19:19; 28:3 lo. Jud. 2:18 %a. Gen. 12:12; 27: 40 ia. Jud. 4: 20; 7:17; 9:33 4a. Gen. 17:4 26. Jud. 11:8 gc. Gen. 24:14 2c. 1 Sam. 1:3; 13:21; 16: 23 2a. Gen. 29:2,3 lo. 1 Sam. 2:31 2d. Gen. 30:41 2a. 1 Sam. 6:7; 12:20; 1B;3 Ic. Gen.38:9 4b. . aSam.ll:16 Ic. Ex. 1:10; 7:15, 26; 19:23; 23: 29 Ic. 2 Sam. 12:31; 14:26; 17:17 2a. Ex. 1:16 6. 2 Sam. 14:7 26. Ex. 4:21; 9:19; 30: 33,38 2d. IKgB. 14:28 la. Ex. 6:6 2b. 2 KgS. 12:16-17 la. Ex.l7:ll;l8:26 2o. Isa. 1:20; 13:11; 14:1,2,4 Ic. Ex. 33:7-11; 34:34 la. Isa. 2:2; 6:7 th. Lev. 24:14 Ic. Isa. 4:3 4a Num. 4:19 Ic. Isa. 5 ;12; 27:10; 44:16 16. Num. 10:32; 17: 20 4o. Jer.20:9 lb. Num. 21:9 46. Ezek. 29:7 16. Deut.4:16,19; 6:30; 6:18; 28:8 Ic. Hos. 8:14; 10:14; 11:6 26. Deut. 4:42; 30:16 5. Amo84:2;8:ll 2d. Deut.7:9 2c. Hab.2:12 6. Deut. 12:11 4a. Pb. 17:14; 46:10; 49:11; 78:38 lb. Deut. 13:16; 22: 2,21 2d. Pa. 25:U 2d. Josh. 23:11 2c. Jot)B:6; 14:11 16 26, The Perfect and Imperfect with Waw Conjunctive. 1. a. iM^m ym^ 1^n-n^? 'x '♦ na'^jpn^ y- thy God hardened his spirit and made strong his heart. 'InODni 'n'7lJI D*J3^ children I have made great and exalted. I'^fiJI l'7£?'3 nSrr^ they stumlled and fell. 1 Deut. 2:30. » Isa. 1:3. »Ps.27:2. 80 HBBEE-W SYNTAX [§ 26. ^- mn* '73\TnK D'JSn ntp*!-^ and the luUders established the temple of T. nninjD noDn nniD oj< ^nnoj^i^ a„d; 2- said, wisdom is T ;* t:t t '-n- -ij-t: better than strength. c. "^X\ mn'5 fPKnf and he believed in Tahweh, etc. tl'^P'^K'DK Dil'liDX nOirri* and Abraham rebuked Abimelech. 1n'5"nN 'JN JOfltJ' '3 1"? 'riT Jni^ and I have told him that I willjvdge his house. 2. a. Ijn'l 13tJ"l "13"1® command that they return and encamp. D*rF priti''1 nlJ'W'nQ'' wAa* s^aZZ we cZo «Aaf the sea may be calm ? b. ''n nN"ini D'On nD'* ^«* *^^ waters be collected and the ■: T |- : -J- - It ■ dry land appear. 1N"1*"1 IJ^Pti'' D^n 'lyf and all the people shall hear and fear. ^VrrnX 13'1 I'^y-^" they shall go up and smite At [sion. ?|Q'?3''1 Iti'i' JH"'"'^ behold, they shall be ashamed and put to confu- '31 fl"?D*1 D*np3 "ll^l?* liViWrP <^e 6W6e blindeth the seeing and perverteth the words, etc. ^J^J*1 D'lVJ 'I fl 1^ * 1 ^^ «^era youths faint and are weary. c. l'?'3ti'^'l IID'tJ^'l 1^1 '1 INT li^Oy* '^os* *^«2/ '^"J' ««« and know and consider and understand. )'^'2iin) flJN ''|£!^^ ^^** ^* ^^ angry and ye perish. There are cases in which, contrary to the principles set forth in ?§ 24, 25. there is found the Perfect with Waw Conjunctive instead of the Im- perfect with Waw Consecutive, or the Imperfect with Waw Conjunctive instead of the Perfect with Waw Consecutive. All such cases are to be regarded as exceptional. They may be loosely classified as follows : 1. Instead of the Imperfect with Waw Consecutive ( '"l), there is used the Perfect with Waw Conjunctive, 1 Ezra 3:10. sl Sam. 3:13, sDeut. 17:13. la Isa. 40: 30. 2Bccl. 9:16. 6Ex. li:2. 10 Josh. 7:3. 14 Isa. 41: 20. 8 Gen. IS: 6. ■iJon.l:ll. 11 Isa. 41:11. i6Ps.2:12. < Gen. 21:25. 8 Gen. 1:9. 12 Ex. 23:8. ? 27.] BY AN INDTJCTIVB METHOD. 81 a. When the second action is synonymous or simultaneous with the first, and is consequently to be represented as co-ordinate with it, the usual construction representing it as subordinate. h. In the later books in which the influence of the Aramaic is felt." c. In instances of which no suflSoient explanation can be given.* 2. Instead of the Perfect with Waw Consecutive, there is found the Imperfect with Waw Conjunctive, a. When the Imperfect is a voluntative, and, combining with 1 , furnishes a most concise and elegant expression of purpose (§24. 1. e, 2. ci)." b. When, as in the case of the Perfects cited above (? 26. 1. a), the second is to be treated as co-ordinate, being emphatic, or synonymous with the first, — whether used in the sense of a future or a frequentative."* c. When the Imperfect follows another Imperfect introduced by a conjunction.* REMARKS. (a) The Imperfect with Waw Consecutive continues even In the later hooks to be the prevailing construction except In the Book of Ecclesiastes, In which, according to Driver, it occurs only three times (1:17; 4:1,7). This construction, however, Is not found In Aramaic. (b) Some of these cases occur in the very earliest books. (c) While in most cases the special form of the voluntative, 1. e., the Jussive or Cohortatlve, is employed, in many the usual form of the Imperfect occurs. (d) This Is, of course, more frequent in poetry than In prose. (e) These cases are few, of. Driver, p. 162. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 1:26; 9:27; 17:2; 22:17; 27: 29,31.. 26. Isa.2:U; 40:12 Iffl. Gen. 18:6 Ic. Isa. 41:11,15,22; 42:6,14,21,23 2ft. Gen.31:7 la. Ezek.9:7; 13:6,8; 25: 12; 37:2; 41:3,8,13, Ex. 24:7; 26:24 2b. 16. U>. Dt. 2:30; 33:2,20 la. Amos 7: 2,4b le. Judg.3:23; 7:13 le. Ps.25:9; 37:40; 49:9; 73:8 2b. lSam.l:12; 3:13 le. Esth. 2:14; 3:12; 8:15; 9:23,24 lb. 2Sam.6:16; 13:18 Ic. Ezra 6:22; 8:30,36; 9:2 1ft. lKgs.3:llft; 6:32,36: 11:10 le. Neh. 9:7,8; 12:39; 13:1,30 lb. 27. The Participle. 1. a. ^ii)i riin^ Jceeper of a flock. Vll 31D ^V'i^^ hnowers of good and evil. ^ TT ^- :\ ?Tn'3 O'?''' dwellers in thy house. {of Cush. &. tyiS t'nN"'73 riN iUDn* *^* one that encompasseth all the land 1 Gen. 4:2. J Gen. 3:6. »Ps. 84:5. 4 Gen. 2:13. 82 HBBEBW SYNTAX [2 27. nQKI "iDd D'jyi'^ doing kindness and truth. rrN'7a niNB'n^ fuii of noise. T •• : -. : rrOnfl 73DQn^ ^e that is impoverished of an oblation. 2. a. '^ilNfrnriiS DSJ'* Niril* o,'"^ he was sitting in the door of the tent. V J T ~ V •• : D*Q'i'N/D IJIlJK rF^ni^ '^'"■d behold, we were binding sheaves. nri' iKlf "DN ni^l rrn he'd® Moses was keeping Jethro's flock. n1D7lI30n"7D5 '^tJ'D TVtV he was ruling over all the kingdoms. T ; - - T : •• T T &• '"?K D'pi^y ^'r?K 'D*! "^Ip* «^e ^Joice o/ thy brother's blood is crying unto me. \vng. D*l?"l Dn lifi'K *7 NJ"m'iiri' *e^^ "^e where they are shepherd- DOnK n£57Q *DJX ICfK^" which I am teaching you. Di^'Tl^^ DVf 7N'''' o Grod that hath indignation every day. T : ^' P*'^V/ J^tJ'l DOf^^ the wicked plot against the just. [earth, c. r'nNn"7j^ "I'tpOO OiN-"^^ -^ «»* (a6oM<) to bring rain upon the D*N3 D*0* rtiin''^* behold, the days are coming. * T " T " ■ Tw ri"l7* ^riB'K ♦ItJ'is Sarai, thy wife, will bear thee a son. DO f'''^ IJ'?^^ '1^^?''^^ '*'* '^hich we are (about) to go. 1. In respect to government, the Participle"^* may be a. A noun (construct) followed by another noun in the genitive," or b. A verb governing the following noun as an accusative or by means of prepositions."*'* 2. In respect to tense or temporal function, the Participle is used in the description of a. A state (or action)/ belonging to the sphere of the past; thus presenting some particular attribute or characteristic, or picturing vividly the particular circumstances under which a given event took place.s 6. A state or action belonging to the sphere of the present, and thus represented as continuing, enduring, permanent.'''*'^ c. A state or action belonging to the sphere of the future, thus 1 Gen. 24: 49. 6 Gen. 37:7. 9 Gen. 37:16. "Gen. 7:4. 3lsa.22:2. 6 Ex. 3:1. loDeut. 4:1. iiJer.23:5. 3 lea. 40: 20. 'lKg8.6:l. 11 Ps. 7:12. 16 Gen. 17:19. < Gen. 18:1. 8 Gen. 4:10. 12 Ps. 37:13. i6Jua.l8:6. ? 27.] BT AN nSTDUCTITE METHOD. 83 represented as beginning, and hence certain; only the context determin- ing whether there is reference to a near or to a remote future.'' 3. a. nlQ33 D'rr^fP DJ^n TT^ only the people kept sacrificing in the high places. ^- run DlDZDn N"l13"nD^ how fearful {timendus) is tMs place. ) T - T 4. a. ^"lij^ ^O^i' '5- ■ • ■"'5'^^ speak. . . .,for thy servant lieareth. b. ItJ* V ^j'^ D'^IOK D'Jli?')* yei hrick, they say to us, make, {discord. 5. a. D'Jnp n^tJ'P'l D'5f ? rF*fi'^ ^iho uttereth lies and letteth loose ^- nnDtJ^ 'a "^'rMi')- ■■ -r^^tyil^ 'u^hoforsaketh. . .and the covenant of God forgetteth. [the needy. IV^ii D*")' bl D'pD^ ^* raiseth up the poor lifteth up c- '71^*') '^IXty 1*"llD^ he hringeth down to Sheol and bringeth up. J^^n") D*nDl^ D'&'ltJ'* seraphim were standing, and each kept t)t : -in • T : caZZmg'. 3. a. While, usually and properly, the Participle denotes affixed, con- tinuous state, it is sometimes found, instead of the Imperfect, marking a " fact liable to recur." b. The passive Participle is often equivalent with Latin Participle in dus. 4. a. The subject of the Participle generally precedes it ; but it some- times follows, especially when the verbal idea is to be emphasized. b. The subject of the Participle is occasionally omitted, and in such cases must be supplied from the context. 5. The Participle is found joined in one way or another with finite verbal forms, as follows : a. Following an Imperfect. 6. Followed by a Perfect or Imperfect. c. Followed by a Perfect or Imperfect with Waw Consecutive (cf, the usage in ?? 24. 5 ; 25. 46). REMARKS. (o) When the Participle Is used as an adjective. It follows the law ol the adjective (S 10). ilKgs.3:3. 4Ex.5:16. 6Prov.2:lT. 8lSain.2:6. 2 Gen. 28:17. sprov. 6:19. t1 Sam. 2:8. »Isa. 6:2. si Sam. 3:9. 84 HEBREW SYNTAX [§ 28. (b) On the use of the Participles with the article, see § i. 3.f. (c) This construction is especially frequent In poetry. (d) The Participle is sometimes followed hy S (dative of advantage or disadvantane) rather than by an accusative, e. g., 1 Sam. 11 : 9. (e) Cases in which both constructions of the Participle (nominal and verbal) occur simultaneously are not Infrequent, e. g., niJ'JT iriB' T\Wy Amos i: 13. (f) On the force of the Participle as compared with that of the Imperfect, see § 20. R.(7i). (9) Note the rarity in earlier books of the use of a Participle with a finite verb (e. g.. Gen. 4:17 ; 37 : 2 ; 1 Sam. 2:11) as compared with the same usage in later books (e. g., Neh. 1:4; 2:13,15). (h) The Participle, as well as the Perfect (B 18. 3) and the Imperfect (B 21. 3), may be used to express a general truth, e. g.,Ps. 19:3; 29:6, but only in later Hebrew. (i) Note also its frequent use as an apposltive of a preceding substantive, e. g., Isa. 40:22,23. 0) With use of the Participle for the present, compare the similar usage in Ara- maic, where it is more common than the proper participial usage. (ft) In this usage the Participle is often preceded (for vividness) by T\iT\ behold; though this particle is also employed when the Participle refers to the past or present, e. g., 1 Kgs. 19: B; 1 Sam. 14:;33. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 2:9 3b. 2 Sam. 13:4 2b. Gen. 3:5; 19:13 4a. 1 Kgs. 1:25,48 26. Gen. 13- 7; 46:34 la. 1 Kgs. 22: 44 3o. Gen. 15:14; 18:17 2c. 2 Kgs. 15:6 lb. Gen.24:21; 41:1 2a. lBa.l:7; 41:17 2b. Qen.!»4:30; 32:7; 41:1 4b. Isa.l:31; 3:13; 8:7 2c. Gen. 39:3,6,22 3a. Isa. 21:11; 32:12 4b. Ex. 9:3 2c. Hos.2:8 Be. Num.U:27 2b. Mic.3:9 5b. Num. 21:34 2a. Ps. 3:3; 4:7 2b. Deut. 1:20,25 2c. Ps. 22:32 3b. Deut. 10:13; 11:26 2b. Ps.29:B 5c. Deut.U:7 lb. Ps.95:10; 97:7; 119:2 la. Deut. 12:10 2c. Prov. 13:24 5b. Judg.2:22; 8:4; 19:18 4o. Prov.l6:28 Ba. 1 Sam. 3: 11; 19:11; 20:36 2c. Job 1:13 2a. 1 Sam. 14: 11 2b. Job 1:14 2a. 1 Sam. 17:34 2a. Job 12: 21 5b. 2 Sam. 6:16 2o. Esth. 2:11,13 3a. 2 Sam. 13:23b 2c. 28. The Infinitive Absolute. 1. "l*J/"73 D*inn^ the destroying every city. |K5f COnti''! "1p3 J'^n^ slaughtering oxen and killing sheep. 1 Deut. 3: 6. > Isa. 22:13. 2 28.] BY AN mDXTCTIVB METHOD. 85 2. a. "^wil V3'^*^!D 113K ii/^ they would not walk in his ways. '^p^3 H'^^O''- n"'^T *ri*N"1^ I see committing adultery and walking in lies. ^- ^tS'll fiHD iriN rONl* and I stamped it, grinding dmgently. "INp rF5"in NTKI* and I was very much afraid. The Infinitive absolute" partakes of both, a nominal and a verbal char- acter.^ Like the verb^ it may govern a noun in the accusative; like the noun it may be construed as a nominative, genitive, or accusative. Its more important usages may be classified as follows: 1. It may govern a dependent noun only in the accusative; it never stands in annexion.^ 2. a. It may stand as an accusative,*'/ governed by a finite verb, but the Infinitive construct is more frequently employed. 6. It may stand as an adverbial accusative, equivalent to an ordi- nary adverb." REMARKS. (o) The Infinitive absolute differs from the Infinitive construct In being more stiff, and In being: unable either to stand in annexion with a following word, or to be gov- erned by a preceding preposition. (6) "1. The Semitic Infinitive is really not an Infinitive in the sense of the term as used in Greek, Latin, German [and English] grammar; for it was originally, and has remained to the present day, a true noun, which contains in Itself all the properties of the noun, and is construed as such in the sentence. The most which can be admit- ted Is, that this noun sometimes gives up its capacity for inflection, and becomes an adverb; but never in any case does it pass over into the verb-system, in the manner which characterizes the proper Infinitive idea. 3. The Semitic nomen actionis ex- presses the abstract Idea of being, acting, or suffering; and has been derived from the verb In the way in which verbal derivatives, with a concrete meaning, passed over into the abstract meaning. 3. This abstract verbal noun, through its derivation from the verb, has received the power of construction peculiar to the verb, so that it can subordinate another noun in the accusative, and attach to itself a subject in the nominative; wtiile, on the other hand, it has no power whatever, in itself, of express- ing any difference in tense, or in the Icind of verb. 4. From the agreement in form among the different branches of the Semitic famUy of languages, it plainly follows that even the original Semitic language had already handed over the function of the abstract verbal noun to certain forms."5 (c) The Infinitive, like the Participle, is without tense, referring ahke to past, pres- ent, or future, according to the demands of the context. (d) The Infinitive absolute rarely has a subject, e. g., Fs. 17:5. ilsa. 42:24. ajer. 23:14. »Deut.9:21. and the idea thus emphasized is that of continuance^ REMARKS. (a) The Infinitive construct is rarely employed for the Infinitive absolute, e. g, Ps. 50:21; Ruth 2:16; Neh.l:7. (6) Sometimes the finite verb is omitted, the Inflnitlve only remaining. iGen.26:28. 4Gen.43:3. 7judg.5:23. 9Gen.8:3,5. s Ex. 3:7. s Gen. 19:19. 8 Isa. 6:9. i»l Sam. 6:13. si Sam. 20:6. « Num. 24:10. ? 28.] BT AN IKDUCTIVB METHOD. 87 (c) In poetry the Inflnltlye is sometimes of a different (though cognate) root, e, g., Jer.8:13; 48:9; Isa. 28:28. (d) The Infinitive absolute is frequently in Qai when the finite verb is of a differ- ent stem; e.g., in the NIph., Ex. 19:13; 21:20,22,28; Mic. 2:4; in the PI'61 or Pti'ai, Josh. 24 : 10 ; Gen. 37 : 33 ; in the HIph'll, 1 Sam. 23 : 22 ; in the HIth., Isa. 24 : 19. Cf . also Lev. 19: 20; Ezek.l6:4. (6) The particle DJ is frequently employed to give additional emphasis; it stands between the verb and the infinitive ; e. g., Gen. 31 : 15 ; 46 : 4 ; Num. 16 : 13. (/) A negative, in such cases, generally stands between the Infinitive and the verb, B. g., Ex. 5:23; 34: 7; Dent. 21: 14,; Nah. 1: 3; Mic. 1:10; though sometimes before both verb and Infinitive, e. g., Gen. 3 : 4 ; Amos 9 : 8 ; Ps. 49 : 8. (a) While the Infinitive, when it follows the verb, generally gives the idea of repetition or continuance, there are many cases in which this force is not allowed by thecontext, e.g.. Gen. 31:15; laa. 22:17; Jer.22:10. (h) In connection with "yTn , used to express continiuxnce, the second word, which then expresses the principal idea, may be not only an Infinitive absolute, but also aParticiple, or verbal adjective, «3.g.,l Sam. 2:26; 14:19; 2Sam.3:l; lC!hrou.ll:9. 4. a. ♦a'^-flN TlnJl ♦n'NI nr"'73"nj<^ all this have I seen and ap- • ' V I T : • J- T V T plied my heart. DHSn flflJI n'i"lfli6i''5 1I^pri*1^ and they llew the trumpets and broke the pitchers. h. rn;^n-'?3----inN DJ"i----jy'Nrr nov^ let the man he put to T^' It T T • T - death . . .let all the congregation stone Mm. <*l3jS "i'3J3 "iJ^ nil Jfin 1Jl7* to the stranger thou shalt give ■ : T : T T-iv : ■ it, or sell it to an alien. [watch, etc. 5. a. '"Un ri*fllfn rlfilf fn'^tS^rr nilJI^^ they prepare the table, set the &• imm "^IDJi® 2/e shall eat and leave thereof. : T c- n2!2fil D1*"nN ^IDF remember the Sabbath day. T - - V T }-['j){i^|7 DnflDrrnK nlp*?^ taJce thou these documents. V J" T • T : - V - I T d. (11J[7t'7 ]r\y\ "^np fililfl^ IwHl bring up a company and deliver them to vexation. 4. The Infinitive absolute is used to continue the verbal idea" a. Introduced by a Perfect, or an Imperfect with Waw Consecutive. b. Introduced by an Imperfect referring to the future. iBccles.8:9. 4Dout.l4:21. 6aKgs.4:43. «Jer.32:14. !!Judg.7:19. 5lBa.21:6. iBx.20:9. 9Bzel£.23:46. 3 Num. 15:36. ss HEBREW SYNTAX [?29. 5. The Infinitive absolute is, still further, used as a concise and vivid substitute for a finite verb;* " as, a. For the Perfect in narration and description ; of. Latin Histor- ical Infinitive. 5. For the Imperfect, referring to the future. c For the Imperative, when it is to be expressed emphatically. d. For the Cohortative, in the way of exclamation."* REMARKS. (o) Eapeeially frequent in later literature, when It was thought sufloient to ex- press the distinction of tense, number and ■person in the first verbal form and allow it to be understood in the case of those following:. (6) Eor examples of its use where the subject is expressed, see Gen. 17 : 10 ; Ps.17 : B ; Prov. 17:12; etc. (c) This usage is probably due to the ellipsis of the finite verb, e. g., 71DX standing for iSpxri VoK ; not , for narn 1131 . (d) In none of these cases, or in those under i a, h, may the Infinitive have a negative. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. 3b. IKgs. 22:30 5d. Gen.8:7 Gen. 37:30; 43:3,20 3a. Gen. 41:43 4a. Gen.46:4 3c. Ex. 3:7 3a. Ex. 8:11 4a. Ex. 36: 7 26. Lev. 32:44 4b. Num. 16:13 3c. Num. 25:17 6c. Deut. 5:12 5c. Josh. 6:13 3d. Judg. 5:23 3e. Judg. 7:19 4a. Judg. 11: 25 3a. 1 Sam, 2:30; 9:6 3a. 1 Sam. 2:26; 14:19 3d. 1 Sam. 2:27,28 4a. 2Sam.3:l; 5:10 3(1. 2 Sam. 19:43 3a. 2Kgs.4:43 5b. Isa. 5:5; 69:4 1 Isa. 7:15; 22:13 2a. Isa. 42:20 4a. Isa. 59: 4 6a. Jer.2:2 6c. Jer. 7:13 2b. Jer. 22:10 3b. Bz. 1:14 Ba. Hos.4:2 5a. Amos 9:8 3a. Zech.3:4;7:5 4a. Zeoh. 12:10 5b. Job 15:3 5b. Job 15:35 1 Eccl.9:U 4a. Ban. 9:5 4a. IChron. 11:9 3d. 29. The Infinitive Construct. 1. a. ")'137 D^N!^ nVn DICO ii'7^ the being of man alone is not good. - : T T |T v: D'tyJNI nlK7D 039 Dypn^ w the wearying of men too little for you f 1 Gen. 2:18. « Isa. 7:13. 2 29.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 89 6- D^if?^ '♦ m^I^ DVa'^ ow l8a. 1:15. si Sam. 2: 4. >2Kgs. 20:4. le 2 Sam. 18:19. 3 Gen. 18:28. D7JJ' repay, retaliate, tX^D rebel against. REMARKS. (a) Many verbs originally construed with prepositions come, In later usage, to be taken transitively, e. g., ptyj , 2 Sam. 15 : 5 ; 1 Sam. 20 : 11 ; while many which were orig- inally transitive come to prefer a preposition, e. g., Nip with 7 , 7X , 3 , or IDS . (6) In poetry also with verbs which gain this force only from the context, e. g., btj, Jer.9:17; eiBJ , JoeU:18; Judg.5:4; tlDty, Isa. 10:22; n*?.!? , Isa. 5:6; Prov.24:31. (c) Here may be noted that double usage in accordance with which there may be employed either the noun alone or the noun with the preposition 3 , e. g., Ps. 32: 8 and Job 16 : 4 ; Ps. 35 :16 and Job :16 : 9. Cf . also the use of 3 in Lam. 1 :17 ; Ex. 7 :20, where we would certainly employ the accusative. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 1:20,21; 27: 45 2. Isa. 32:16 4. Gen. 4:20 4. Isa. 60: 6 5. Ex. 1:7 2. Ps. 5:5; 120:5 4. Judg. 5:17 4. Ps. 35:12; 68:12 5. 2Kgs.20:4 4. Ps. 65:14; 104:2 3. 81. The Double Accusative. 1- ^DN '' 'JN"in^ Y. hath shown thee to me. f" IJ'DK DK IlpB'J^ l^t us cause our father to drink vnne. 2. £DJ!3N DDK milin^ and thou shalt gird them with priestly girdles. p'ntJ' "inj^EO'l* and he planted it with choice vines. 3. 7'7n |^")Nr? riN IN'^QI'^ and they shall fill the land with slain. VnOOD tS'"1*ni pn® with com and new wine have I sustained him. 4. inny riK 'a. pn ItrX D'I'^'iT the children whom God hath granted thy servant. "]J*D* niN^I.3 nnin^ tky right hand shall teach thee terrible things. min D'JnDn nX 7KtJ'® ask the priests for instruction. 5- ipj/' 10JJ' Klp^" he called his name Jacob. Tfp'Vi T? tX2^TVY^ and he counted it to him for righteousness. 6. nifQ D*J2Xn riN nJD*V^ and he built the stones into an altar. ^fiy DINil TSa "> "l^f^V^ and T. formed the man out of dust. "Gen. 15:6. 121 Kgs. 18:32. 13 Gen. 2:7. i2Kgs.8:13. sEzek.30:U. 8Ps.45:5. a Gen. 19:32. 6 Gen. 27: 37. 9 Hag. 2:11. s Ex. 29:9. 'Gen. 33: 6. i»Gen.37:3( /Isa. 5:2. 2 32.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 95 7. 'r?7 'i'lN vD nX ]l*Dn^ thou Jiast smitten all my enemies on the cheeh-hone. {soul. ti'fli DiryDp PiU i^3p")^ ^'"^ he will spoil their spoilers as to the Verbs which govern two accusatives may be classified as follows :">'' 1. The causative of stems which in the Qal governed one accusative. 2. Verbs denoting to clothe, cover; to plant, sow, which have or are assigned a causative force even in Qal. 3. Verbs denoting to fill, satisfy, sustain, and the opposite. 4. Verbs denoting to give, bestow; to ash, answer, teach. 5. Verbs denoting to name, appoint, consider. 6. Verbs denoting to make into," make out of, }>uild,form, etc. 7. Verbs which take, besides a direct object, a remote object which specifies more distinctly the object affected by the action, or the circum- stances connected therewith. REMARKS. (a) Many of these verbs are also construed with prepositions. (6) Verbs which In the active govern two accusatives, in the passive govern one. (c) Here belong [nj , D'B' , nw , HB'j; , 7133 , etc. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 4:25; 16: 15; 17:5; 28:19 5. Jer.2:21 2. Gen. 19:33 1. Jer.3:15 T. Ex. 28:6; 37:1; 39:22,27 6. Anios6:ll 6. Josh. 7:25 7. Mlc. 7:2 7. 2 Sam. 1:18 4. Ps.60:5 : 1. IKgs. 18:21 4. Ps.64:8 7. Iaa.l6:9;60:4 3. Ps. 65:10 3. Isa.l7:10; 22:21; 30:23 2. Ps. 94:10 4. Isa. 60:17 6. 32. The Cognate Accusative. 1. V"1f Vlf ^tJ* V^ herh producing seed. Dl'^rr fiDV D'^n'l* and Joseph had a dream. ♦^"1^*7 ^5^^^ have I spoken {even) a word ? 2. '^'nj ']3i 1D2^ they wept toith a great weeping. ;3^)-f JlDJO lOy they fled the flight of the sword. ^2P» llOrr riTl^p^ he shall he buried with the burial of am, ass. IPs. 3:8. s Gen. 1:29. b 2 Sam. 7:7. 'Lev. 26:36. 2Prov.22:23. 4Geu.37:5. 62Sam.l3:36. «Jer.22:19. 96 HBBBEW SYNTAX [2 3S. 3. TlKJp n'?"nJ rtDtV- I am Jealous in great anger. '^'nJl '^"jp pj^n^ and he cried a lovd voice. 4. "1K1 "INSI j^lDB' IJ^DB'* ^ear a hearing see a seeing. 'I'^QJ^ "I'^JOn* «AaZJ thou indeed rdgn f Any verb may take a noun of the same stem to define and explain the verbal idea. This is called the cognate accusative. Here may be distin- guished : 1. Cases in which the accusative furnishes a concrete example of the action expressed by the verb, and is employed either to express special emphasis, or where in modern languages the verb would be a word of general significance (cf. the usage in Latin and Greek). 2. Cases in which the cognate accusative, followed either by an adjec- tive or a genitive, furnishes additional information concerning the action of the verb. 3. Cases in which this accusative is cognate not in stem, but only in signification. Hence arises a number of common and concise expres- sions, used, for the most part, in poetry. 4. Cases in which this accusative expresses not the concrete, but the abstract idea of the verb. Here belongs the usage of the Infinitive abso- lute before and after a finite form (? 28. 3). REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Num. 31:2 1. Jer. 14:17; 20:11; 23:6; 30:U 3. 1 Sam. 4:6 2. Jer. 30:11 2. 1 Sam. 20:17 1. Hos. 10:4 1. 2 Sam. 12:16; 13:15 1. Jon. 4:6 2. lKgs.2:16 1. Zeoh. 1:14,15 2. Isa. 5:1 2. Zech. 1:2 1. I8a.5:6 1. Prov. 17:27; 22:23 1. Isa. 37:6 3. 33. The Adverbial Accusative. 1. a. rntJTl K5fJ' ^«* "* 90 out into the field. PD'n DKV • - ."^NOtSTJ Di<^ whether to the left or to the right. "yyn *JD nX f rrV and he encamped hefore the city. i- '7iMiil nnS D5S'* Nini* wMle he sat at the entrance of the tent. Dn? n*D "ItJ'N VDK 13p!3* in his father's grave which was in Bethlehem. 1 Zech. 8:2. < Gen. 37:8. « Gen. 13:9. > Gen. 18:1. « 2 Sam. 19:5. si Sam. 20:11. 1 Gen. 33:18. •2 Sam. 2:32. 3 Isa. 6:9. ? 83.] BT AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 97 2- D*"1J7£J' *l*ifp twtlPi^ o,t the heginning of harley-Juvniest. t\T/\ DOV nJin*^ he meditates day arid night. 3. D'an Tiaj..-.rraN mB';^ trOn^ the waters rosefftemcwUU. D*0'!?"1J7 'IDiB''?* *^a« i^ow mayest live forever. CVpa riXyn 1*yil^ the dty that goes forth a thousand. 4. DIJ* DI'IJ^^ he flees naked. r\1'~\]!'Q JIJK ^7'y ofM^ -^g-agf came with confidence. 73K 'JD 7K T^N^ I will go down to my son mourning. D'CJK imD'^ they shall die as men. [men. 5- DIK 'JS IDfltiTl DntJ^'D^" 3/e «AaZ; ^cZg'e righteously the sons of D'Jfl bii DOS 'K ♦JTKI^^ I have seen God face to face. 'ri'7i3J niNTlJ"'^ I have teen wonderfully distinguished. 6- l7DXn i'lrf'^® y^ have been devoured hy the sword. 'Jfl fl"lNl7 IK^n^* 3/e come in to he seen hy m,y face. 7. ThT\^ N'Ji. ■ • -D^rTrrr "in ;^p3J')^^ aJic^^Ae mount of OUves shall he cleft {so as to become) a large valley. [great fear. ' Jl nQinO yy^ '* T'. ^iirVl^^ a. t.-h. of T. was on t. c. [so that there arose) 8. a. V^Jl") na rr^r?"'^^ he was m as to his feet. {than thou. "IDO 7njlK KDDn p"1^^ only as to the throne will I be greater b. D^JS nN")nJ^^ ^6* M« see one another in person. D'flN inn^'l^" O'^d he bowed himself down as regards the face. c. ^N"l "IflW Nin^''^ he will bruise thee in the head. IJJ'Dn D/tJ'D^^ he cooked them as to the flesh. d. N'IpN '' 7N '/Ip^^ I cry unto Y. with my voice. ♦Jnj^T)J f{7 '♦ 'QtJ'^* by my name Y. I was not known. Many nouns have become adverbs;" many adverbial ideas are ex- pressed by means of prepositions.'' Aside from tbese cases, the accusa- tive is used in an adverbial sense, to express, 1. Designations oi place, a. In answer to the question whither ?" h. In answer to the question where ?"* 12 Sam. 21:9. il Sam. 16:32. islsa. 1:20. i9 2Kgs. M:S. »Ps. 1:2. 8 Gen. 37:35. MlBa.l:12. ao Gen. 19:1. »Gen.T:20. 9lSam.2:33. i6Zech.l4:4. siGen.3:15. 41Kgs. 8:13. 10 Ps. 58:2. "I Sam. 5:9. 22 IKgs. 19:21. B Amos 5:3. n Gen. 33:31. "IKgs. 15:23. as Pb. 3:6. > Amos 2:16. laPs. 139:14. i» Gen. 41:40. m Ex. 6:3. 98 HEBREW ST»TAX [? S3. 2. Designation of time, in answer to the question wJien ? but only in general statements.* 3. Designations of extent, duration, amount, in answer to the questions Tww far ? how long ? how much ? 4. The state or condition of the subject at the time of the action described in the principal verb. 5. The particular made or manner in which the action of the verb is performed. 6. Rarely the instrument by means of which the action was per- formed. 7. The effect or consequence of the action of the verb. 8. The particular object or part to which the state or condition described by the verb is limited ; i. e., the accusative of specification ;/ a. With verbs which express a state or condition. 6. With verbs which have a reflexive force. c. With verbs which have a direct object accusative. d. In poetry and with passive verbs. REMARKS. (o) B. g., DJDS , Djn , DKnS ; nB3 Judg. 8:U, also noih . (6) Cf . the various meanings local and temporal of 2 , 7 > |D , 7N , etc. (0) In these cases the accusative ending n_ is frequently employed (of. Elements 0} Hebrew, § 121. 3); e. g.. Gen. 14:10; 20:1. (d) Here also the ending D— Is sometimes employed; e. g., 1 Kgs. 4:U. '^is^^i''<'g circv/mcisedinthefleshofhis 9. 'i'?fl» yr\'2 vflJiK "jDn vmao "^D nN"|i« ^^^ («* /o*-) az? his fugitives in all his hands (they) shall fall hy the sword. ^'>n 'trJN n^a b:i na ti^^a (pa. . .I'^fln^* and there feii 18,000 men, all these m,en of valor. [have pierced. 10. "npT ItJ'N DX '"^X ID'Dm^-"^ and they will look unto me whom they D*Dn nrtfilf nXI 'I'^On rVm *N^^ where « <^e Mng's spear and the cruse of water ? [Esau. 11. y n3T JIN rrpDl'? "IJ*1^' a»it? were told to Rehehah the words of "1^*7i'7 J^X TJ'J^D i^"l* '7X^ ^«* **"' '^e thing he evil in thine eyes. 1 Gen. 4:1. iDeut.2:34. iJ Isa. 50:4. 19 Bzek. 17:21. » Gen. 1:4. 8 Jer. 16:13. " Bx. 13:7. 2» Judg. 20:44. » Gen. 2:24. 9 1 Sam. 9:3. IB Deut. 9:26. SI Zech. 12:10. 4 Gen. 9:24. 10 Bx. 21:28. 16 Judg. 19:18. 33 1 Sam. 26:16. » Lev. 11:4. 11 Ezek. 2:2. in KgS. 15:23. 2» Gen. 27:43. elaa.6:8. 12160.41:7. i» Gen. 17:25. 8*3 Sam. 11:26. 100 HBBKEW STNTAX [? 34. 1. The sign JlX is prefixed to substantives'' in the accusative, espe- cially when they precede the verb ; but only when they are definite,') and rather before the names of persons^ than the names of thingsA Besides the general usage, the particle is employed, 2. With -\^^ , nr , and 'D , but never with HD • 3. "With '^^ , Itlii , lUX , which partake somewhat of the nature and usage of pronouns.® 4. With a singular noun (without the article), when it represents a whole species/ 5. With a participle (without the article) in the sense of he who.o 6. With a noun from which in poetry (? 5. 4) the article has been omitted. 7. With some expressions of time and place" (2 33. 1-3). 8. With the adverbial accusative of specification (? 33. 8).'' 9. With expressions in which there is a transition to something new, or when something not thought of before is added.* 10. With what is strictly speaking an oblique case, or after *) ,^ with a circumstantial clause, or with what is meant to be less distinct or inde- pendent.'' 11. With the subject of passive verbs and of verbs which are neuter or intransitive. REMARKS. (a) For its use irith pronominal suffixes, see § 11. 3. h. (b) Whether definite in themselves, or by position, see § 4. 1, 2. The cases In which nX occurs with an indefinite noun are lew, e. g., Ex. 2 :1 ; 21 : 28 ; 2 Sam. 18 :18 ; and these cases are suspicious. (c) Yet here omitted frequently, especially in poetry; cf . Ex. 16 and Judg. 5. (d) When the object is double it is sometimes expressed with both, sometimes with one; and at other times it is omitted, e. g., 1 Sam. 17:36; Gen. 3:19; Deut. 12:6; U:12-18; Num. 12:5. (6) Also with other numerals accompanied by nouns, e. g., 2 Sam. 16:16; 1 Kgs. 6:16. (ft Compare Lev. 7:8; 20:14. (0) This usage is very rare. (ft) Compare the use of HN with the nominative absolute (S 7. 6). (i) Compare with this the later use of j . ij) Compare the use of the accusative in Arabic after wa in the eense of together vytth. 00 Note the usage of nX in Zech. 8:17 and Deut. 11:2. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 7:23; 17:5 U. Gen. 33:18 1. Gen. 8:21. 3. Ex. 10:8 11. Gen.l8:19 2. Lev.7:8;20:14 4. U 35, 86.] BY Air indtjctive method. 101 Num.l6:15 3. 2Sam.21:22 9 Deut.2:34 3. IKgs. 11:25 10 Deut.l2:22 U. IKgs. 22: 27 2, Josh. 22:17 11. 2Kgs. 6:5 10 lSam.l6:3 2. Bzek. U:22;44:S 9 1 Sam. 17:34; 26:16 10. Ezek.43:17 10 1 Sam. 20:13 11. Mlo.e:l 2 lSam.26:20 3. Jol>13:25 6, S Sam. 6:24 (cf. also 1 Sam. 24:6) 6. 35. The Accusative with the Passive. 1. t^'nt^n r\ii p"?!!'^ *^e ^^nd shall be divided. {Esau, ^^y HDl nj< i^'pyt? 1J*1^ and were told to Rebekah the words of *1"T^ riX 'lljn'? ^'?V'I' and Irad was horn to Enoch. 2. f n^ri !m n^^nrF* ** shall be shown to the priest. "l7^Xjl Dirt" 2/fi shall be made to devour the sword. 'mp'^D pi^!^ ^JISJ*"?^ w^y tongue is made to attach itself to my jaws. 3. 'Jl^'^fii Jn1N"1iy I have been fearfully distinguished. J^QI^ri ?DDX3fl^ impoverished of an oblation. 4. DilK T^INPT N'710]n')* and the earth was filled with them. Q'"|J3 D'EJ'^'^Q''''' clothed with garments. The accusative is used with the passive as follows : 1. That which was the object of the active is often construed also as an object of the passive, though really a subject. 2. Verbs which in the active take two accusatives, in the pass, take one. 3. An adverbial accusative may remain with the passive. 4. Verbs of fullness and clothing may take in the passive an accusative. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Ex. 10:8; 21:28; 25:28; 27:7 1. Jer. 35:14 1. IKgs. 2:21 1. Pa. 80:11 2. Jer. 22:19 3. Job 7:3 2. 36. Verbal Apposition and Subordination. 1- r"?! J^^ '?Kin''^ ^« pleased now and lodge. "Ifln^l DEJ^'V^ and he returned and digged. n^N np*1 flD'l'"'^ and he added and tooJc a wife. 1 Num. 26: 55. a Gen. 27 :4a. s Gen. 4:18. < Lev. 13: 49 6l8a.l:20. 6 Pb. 22:16. 7 PS. 139:14. sis. 40: 20. 9 Ex. 1:7. 10 IKgs. 22:10. iijudg.l9:6. u Gen. 26:18. 13 Gen. 25:1. 102 HEBKBW STSTXS. [? 36. ptm n*?!!! 'IflltJTT '7)p 'rF*V ai^ t^ sound of the trumpet was going and becoming strong. 1N")'1 IIQ'?* f^Oy *^«* t^y ™«3/ ^««'''* and fear. 2. tJ'") "^lirT' iegfrn, toA;e possession. JI'I^'?' iltJ'** ^ wt7Z reiwTO, uoill sharpen (= loiZZ ag^am sharpen). ')"12^J-| ")3"iri^ 2/e (^0 much, ye speak (= 2/e speak much). I*??! 'P'K'in® ^e was willing, he went (= he went willingly). 3. o. *l'l'?n ")iJ< K'?'' <^e2/ womM not go. 6. inX KJ5J' TIJ^ IflDVl* o'if^ *^ey a(f(iecZ still to hate him. c- NVD*? mnjD^ thou hast hastened to find (found quickly). '?'7finn'? Jin^'in^*' «^« ^'^ much to pray (prayed much). 4. nJD{< *nj^l* N^^ /A:now mo< to flatter. "^'nJ* T*fin^^ ^6 desired to make great. 'j^p* n!if 11 mp*'''^ *'^fi murderer rises to kill. 5- ^^15J' ^D'nnb^* toAe?i . was (or is) the youngest ; fh^i, nOH llD^^ wAai are these ? (cf . Zech. 4:4). D'n'7Nrr Nin nriN^" Deut. 7:7. i2Zeoh.4:5. "Prov.3:28. >Bx.9:W. s 1 Sam. 12:17. is 2 Sam. 'f: 28. is Gen. 87: 29. a pg.' 19:10. 9 PS. 11:7. "Job I:!. 19 Ex. 6:16. 4Cant.i:lB. loDeut. 12:23. wGen.S:!. JolSam.3:4. sPs.ll:4. iilSam.l7:U. i6Jol)ll:18. siGen.l8:9. e Gen. 43:27. 106 HEBREW SYNTAX [? 37. 5. The subject and predicate may be united in various ways : a. They may stand together, with no connecting word of any kind." 6. They may be joined by means of the pronoun of the third pers. ; whether the circumstance is one of past or present time, and whetber the subject is first, second or third person. At first expressing existence only in the most general way, it comes to be equivalent to our verb to he, and is especially used when both subject and predicate are definite."*-' Cf. ? 7. 6, 7. c. The verb n'jl may be employed ; but this always expresses the idea of becoming, existing, and is therefore never identical with the sub- stantive verb to he.f d. Certain particles, viz., JJ'* existence, V^ non-existence, t^^t^ see, hehold, are employed. These were originally nouns, but in usage have come to be practically equivalent to our copula. REMARKS. (a) On the use of tys , 13T . S3 to express the indeflnlte subject, 8 14. 2. 6. (b) A paraphrastic mode of expression to express the same force as that conveyed by the IMrd person plural is seen In the use of the passive, with wlilch the accusative Is joined, e. g., V'ltUl HK \SV = let ttwm give the lamd; cf. Gen. 17:6; 27:42; Amos 4:2, etc. (8 S5. 1). (c) "An external sign for connecting the two main constituents of a proposition, when the predicate Is not to be a verb— In other words, a copula — Is really unneces- sary; because the mode in which the discourse is delivered by the living voice is of itself sufficient to indicate the separation, in meaning, between the two different halves of the sentence; and, in Hebrew, a special word for this purpose is. In actual fact, very rarely used. The Indo-Gormanic languages begin pretty early to use the verb to be for this sign, when the predicate did not consist of a more complete verb, and thus the substantive verb came to be the mere copula In u sentence, whereas the Semitic languages properly do not yet know of any such usage, and have. In this respect also, remained much more simple,"* (d) But also in later Hebrew frequently when the subject is indeflnlte. (e) Cf . the use of Kin in Nah. 2:9; Isa. 18:2,7. if) C3f. the use of iTTI sS = fte is not. Gen. 42:11; Isa. 16:6; 23:13. (g) For an interesting use of "lan to twm and 33D become, see Lev. 13:3,4; Jer. 31:21. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 11:1 46. Deut. 33:26 46. Gten. 15:1 4c. ISam. 16:23 3a. Gen. 18:9 m. 1 Sam. 19:22 5d. Bx. 9:31 4b. 1 Sam. 19:22 2&. Deut.4:32 1 lSam.21:6 46. Deut. 7:7 4c. 2 Sam. 7:28. 66. * EvDcOd, Hebrew Syntax, pp. 134,136. ? 88.J BT AN rSDUCTIVB METHOD. 107 IKgs. 11:10; 18:26. Sb. Zech. 6:12 8a. Isa.6:10 2b. Ps.44:5 5b. Iaa.7:2i ^ lb. Ps.l5:7 «i. Isa. 8:4 2b. Ps.87:3 3a. Isa. 23:1 3a. Ps. 148:6 2b. Jer. 13:16 3o. Prov. 3:28 M. Ezek. 43:19-27 Zd. Prov. 8:14 4c Mic. 2:4,8 2&. Jol) 8:9 4c. Nah.l:14 1 Job 11:18 M. Zepti.2:12 6b. Job 34:20 2a. Hag. 1:6 3o. Huth 1:12 6d. Hag. 2:3 1 S8. Order of Words in a Sentence 1. a. D'QtJTF tMi D'(l'?K N'lS^ Cfod created the Tieaven. il^atl 7ii tl'flJn "IDK'l^ o.nd the serpent said unto the woman. ^. *10tJ^ /"nJl riDK /nj^ great thou art and great is thy name. D'rr'?K Nin ynba mrr* rahweh, thy God, is God. c. *3 nj^ mn*"l^ seeing that Y. hath testified against me. D'OtJ'i J^*JIO WX"!")^ (tnd the top {was) reaching to heaven. 2. a. D'QtJTr na 'a ii'~\'2^ God created the heaven. [name. b. ♦OtJ' ^f^y riK irrOSSTF^ they have caused my people to forget my c. flDD mtJ'i^ "I*? ?DN^ I will give thee ten pieces of silver. ^''l^^ii DHK "IID*")* a«<^ ^o(i 6Zes«ecZ them. 1. The usual order of words, so far as concerns the two principal members, is as follows : a. Predicate, subject, when the predicate is a verb.'^ b. Predicate, subject, when the predicate is an adjective;^ but sub- ject, predicate, when the predicate is a noun.'' c. Subject, predicate, in what are called descriptive or circumstan- tial clauses.^ 2. a. The usual order of words, so far as concerns the three principal members, is predicate, subject, object (direct or indirect) f and b. If there are two objects, that one comes first which is the more important ; but e. When the object (direct or indirect) is a pronoun, it is likely im- mediately to follow the predicate/ 1 Gen. 1:1. 4Deut.4:35. "Gen. 28:12. s Judg. 17:10. a Gen. 8: 4. «Buthl:21. i Jer. 23:27. » Gen. 1:22. > Jer. 10:6. 108 HEBEETV STNTAX [? 38. REMARKS. (o) In Hebrew, the act was more important than the agent, and was consequently- placed first. (b) Compare the position of the adjective when attributive, viz., after the noun (§ 10. 2. a.). (c) This order, which is always followed when neither subject nor predicate is to be emphasized, indicates at once which is subject and which is predicate. (d) "By putting the subject first, and the predicate afterwards, the action, its development, and its progress do not come into the foreground, as in ordinary narra- tive discourse; but the person is placed first, by himself, in order to be immediately thereafter more fully described and depicted as he is; and the whole proposition, in a manner quite the opposite of the usual narrative style, presents us with a harmonious and placid picture of something continuous, permanent,— just as the spealser con- ceives it."* (e) Furthermore it may be said, additions in the form of an adjective, genitive or adverb foUovi the particular word which they modify. There are, of course special rules for the Infinitive absolute (§ 28.) and negatives (§ S7,). (f) There Is a growing tendency to insert small words and expressions between the moreimportantmembers.e.g., nSIBx. 14:5; HKDJer. 18:13; iS Ps. 7:14; nTIJobl:!, 3. a. 'IQK T? nSJ'i^n JDp v'J^DV O''"^ a little robe Ms mother made/or him. D^n'^Drr "I'^DN* T]^i '♦'? nOn^ him that dieth of J. in the city shall the dogs eat. i>- tJ'piQ *DJK 'HN^ my brethren I am seeking. [thing, yba ^yi 'Jn bM^ ^ISI* ^ad the prophet bid thee (do) a great c. ^QtJTl 'nn^ nnNI^ and thou my covenant shalt keep. niy* fnnS mn*1® Y. wUl lay bare their secret parts. d. jnDn n'7Kn rV^rt 'ZrOf and the priest shall write these curses. nmn D'SJ'J Tw^\lf^ thy sword has made women childless. 3. From the usual order (see above), there are sometimes found vari- ations, e. g., a. Object, predicate, subject, which emphasizes the object. b. Object, subject, predicate, which likewise emphasizes the object ; this is the usual construction when the predicate is a participle, but elsewhere rare. c. Subject, object, predicate, which emphasizes the subject, and " in prose confers upon the phrase a poetical coloring by transferring the predicate to the end." U Sam. 2:19. s Gen. 37:16. t Gen. 17:9. 'Num. 5:23. slKgs. 14:11. i2Kgs. 5:13. 6l8a.3:17. 8 1Sam.l5:a3. * Eiuald, Hebrew Syntax, pp. 152, 153. § 39.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 109 d. Predicate, object, subject, which emphasizes the subject ; this is rare except when the object is a pronominal suffix (see ? 38. 2. c). REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 1:12 la. 1 Sam. 15:33 Sd. Gen. 1:28 2c. 1 Sam. 20:20 So. Gen.2:10 lo. lSam.25:U 2o. Gen. 21:7 3d. 2 Sam. 3:26 le. Gen. 23:6 3c. Isa. 5:17; 28 :1Tb 3b. Gen. 42:30 2a. Isa. 13:18; 17:5; 26:19; 30:24 3c. Num.5:23 3(1. Isa.l8:5 16. Judg. 9:36; 14:4 3b. Isa. 19:13 3(J. Judg. 12:11,13 3d. Jer.9:19 2b. Judg.l7:6 3o. Ps. 51:5 ; 3b. Judg. 17:10 2c. Job 6:12 lb. 1 Sam. 7:14; 15:1; 17:36; 25:43; 28:18,19.. .3a. 39. Emphasis. 1. ^Oj/ (I'll* ri"in*1 l*?^ SO; o,'"''^ Yahweh be with thee. *1"]^V (7317 'IKfl DK^ the lion thy servant smote. "1)3 W 'Jjn '017113' in my dream, behold, I stood. 2.. a. iriN T3Pn Di^ri riN* *^« people, he made them to pass over. b. inpfiJI DD'^DK DV3^ in *^e day of your eating, then shall be, etc. c. Nin DJT "I*?/!") ISJ'j'^'fll^ o,n<^ ^^ concubine, she also bare. 3'. "r'^'rT riK inK")DV «*'*<^ ^^ ««■"' ^''''*' *^« ^°y- 'B'* 'JD*? Dn'? fnJ *DJK* I give to them, the children of Israel. 4 a. 'JK p"l n^'?0N1^ aw(^ ^ oraZy am escaped. [own enemies, b. ♦JJ^ ^^lo m me; KIH DJ Vfii" *» ^i« moitfA aZ«o; '"^ 'I'K^^ mine 5. a. tlTiri P"TV pllf ^' *^«* wHcA is altogether righteous thou shalt, etc. ♦j;OJJ' riK i*"lJ< TIN" ear*;^, earth, earth, hear. b. '^niNO mpa up '3 ^y^ i«2/, but IwHl buy from thee. D*l0£I'n DK IQpn Dpn-'^ ^^ey had but just set the watch. 'I'^QH ni'^On" wi7< 5Q flJOtSTl^ its floods wash away. Jlipn niB' miDili^ <^« beasts ofthejleldpine. 'D'llW tJ'nnnn* *% youth is renewed. 6. "jNltJ" LJ"N IN*!*")® a»<^ <^e OTera of Israel saw. DHifp tJ'DSJ' n'2^ {men) of Beth-shemesh were reaping. nOn^D nJKIpn 'D^ w^em war* ame. D*D1^ T^'lNil 73* *^fi wAoZe land was weeping. 5. a DIN 'Q* '^3 Vn'1' «™<^ oM tJie days of Adam were. tV^'^'n ^'2 NtJ'm^'' a""^ a^^ t^ congregation lifted up. i- D*pPlf THN 'DT '^p^'- Aa»->!;/ thy brother's hlood crieth out. ^)p 'INB'J TGlf "^Ip^^ ^ar/c/ thy watchers lift up the voice, c. nO^n "li^*T D'JtJ' '2~\^^ multitude of years shall teach wisdom. D'nn Dm^J ntJ'p" *^« ^ow of the strong is broken. '^Q5J> Q"1X mn^J 'J'V^^ the eyes of man'' s pride are cast down 6. VJ21 nJ NI^'V^ «»^ ^^e*"* ™fi"* i'"' -A^oaA and his sons. \'^i^ii'] D'"1Z3 ^mnV^ o-nd there spoke Miriam and Aaron. y'^'2] '^IKtJ' "IDD^* Saul and his sons died. \pursued. f)"!") VnK ♦JJ^'^NI iKl'V* and Joab and Abishai his brother 7. a 'I'ni TD'niD^'' blessed be (every one of) those who bless thee, [death. nOV ilw7tlt2^^ {any one of) those who profane it shall be put to b mm DD"1p nJir)J in»£i:3 pN. • •nniB'^^ m enemies, there is no faithfulness in his mouth, their inward part [is) depths. UlTy Dilpn 1D")i* yS2^ yyith his mouth they bless, but they curse inwardly. c. 1*7 p1^) D'lJl'? DJ NtJ'JI^ ait^ ^e im'ZZ lift up his banner to the nations and will hiss to it. d. rrTTJii D'pK vnonm jn'vnfl....'! mo nx D'px^s i will raise up the tabernacle (f.) of David and close up their (f.) breaches, and his ruins I will raise up and I will build her. 118.34:13. 8 2 Sam. 15:23. is Is. 2:11. aiExod. 31:U. 2jobl4:19. 9Gen.5:5. i6Gen.7:7. 22Ps.6:9,10. 8joell:20. 10 Num. 14:1. 17 Num. 12:1. as Ps. 62:5. IPs. 103:5. 11 Gen. 4:10. is 1 Sam. 31:7. 2< Is. 6:26. 5jud. 9:55. 12 Is. 52:8. "2 Sam. 20:10. ss Amos. 9:11. 6 1 Sam. 6 :18. is Job 32 :7. 20 Num. 24 :9. ^ Exod. 1 :10. w 1 Sam. 2 :4. i 40.] BY AN INDirCTIVE METHOD. 113 The exceptions to the general principles given above, arising from an adherence to the sense rather than the form, may be classified as follows : 4. a. The predicate may he feminine singular when the subject, desig- nating lifeless objects, animMls, members of the body, abstract ideas (see under ? 2. 2. b, c.) is pluralA b. The predicate may be plural, when the subject is a collective noun, though singular.^ 5. When the subject is a nominative in the construct relation with a genitive, a. The predicate always agrees with the genitive, if the nominative is •73 all b. The predicate often agrees with the genitive, if the nominative is 7"jp voice, c. The predicate in poetry may agree with the genitive whenever it is desired to lay upon it special emphasis./'" 6. When the subject consists of two or more nouns joined by 1 , whether preceding or following the predicate, the latter may agree with one and be understood with the other, or may be in the plural and thus agree with them taken together. 7. There is frequently found change from one number to the other ; here belong a. Cases in which an individual subject is generalized or the oppo- site. b. Cases in which both individualizing and, later, generalizing take place. c. Cases in which, after speaking of a multitude, the writer suddenly limits himself to one of that number. d. Cases in which several changes take place in the same verse, which may only be explained by supposing a desire for variety, or by special considerations characteristic of that verse. REMARKS. (a) Cf., however, (1) Isa. 21:2; Gen. 35:26; Hos. 10:6; where what seems to be a subject, with which the predicate though following does not agree, is really an accu- sative with a passive verb; and (2) Gen. 4:7; Bocl. 2:7 (cf. 1 Kgs. 2:21), etc., in which the predicate, disagreeing with its subject, is a participle used as a substantive. (6) The ad jectlve will then be singular masculine; though the number of instances in which the adjective follows this usage is not proportionately so great as in the case of the verb. (c) Cf. nop yyj! (lSam.4:16). (d) Here the feminine is treated as neuter; cf . the Greek construction, according to which a neuter plural subject takes a singular predicate. 114 HBBEEW SYNTAX [? 40. (e) On the uae of the plural of inX , h})^ (Ex. 21:39), etc., see § 8. 2. c. (f) This Is the principle everywhere operating when the nominative is a numeral (3 to 10, 100, 1000) In the construct. to) Cf . also the use of in3D in Ex. 15:4. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 1:14; 41:50 26. Isa. 30:20 3 Gen.3:5 3 Jer. 4:14; 12:4 4o. Gen.8:22; 15:1; 40:1 6 Jer. 8:5; 23:6 ^d. Gen. 27:29. 7a. Jer. 10:4 7a. Ez. 15:20 5a. Jer. 44:27 46. Ex.31:14 7a. Hos. 4:8 7o. Lev. 2:2 7c. Hos. 9:14 3 Deut. 28:32 6 Mio.l:13 2b. Deut. 28:48 7c. Hag. 2:16 7a. Deut. 32:35 26. Zech. 6:14 4a. Josh. 8:20 2b. Ps. 18:28 3 Judg. 20:37 46. Ps. 18:35 4o. 1 Sam. 25:27 26. Prov. 3:18 7a. 2 Sam. 24:13 4o. JoId 12:7 4a. IKgs. 1:41; 14:6 5b. Joh 29:10 66. IKgs. 22:36 26. Jol)32:7; 15:20; 21:21 5c. Isa. 23:2; 25:3; 60:6 46. Job 42:15 26. Isa. 23:13; 30:U; 10:5 7ci. v. !Kiii<3s of Sentences. 41. Negative Sentences. 1. a. (1) Tiy V*?}"} i1^ nflD' N*?!^ OMd she returned unto Mm no more, "liy ^SJ'S '73 rny N*?^ alljlesh shall not again he cut off. (2) 3Jjn K/ ninn N"?^ thou shalt do no murder. . .thou shalt not steal. 6. '*? O'lN "IV'?!^' *?{< ntS'iriN •?«* ZeJ me no« be ashamed, let not my enemies triumph over me. iiyit2 Tin m '7N* pray, let there he no strife. Tiy v{^ "IDT flDin /N* «pea& to me no more. c. ♦jrf7tJ' mri' N?^ (** ^) ^ot Y. {tut some one else that) sent me. 2. a. hDlf* Cr\tD mBTr DtJ'j; "73^ no herl of the field had yet, etc. 6. INEDlin 'Jl?^?' *™ orcZer found only in poetry, and not dif- ferent from }<7 . /• D5K '"'O more ; like V>H , originally a noun ; its more common use is to indicate restriction, limitation. 3. ^QtJ' IJJ^K^ he is not hearing; JH^ 'JJ*N^ -^<^o not gipe. noiNQ "^D na nai nnorr n»a ntr px' the keeper of the prison looked not to anything. fnj pK l^n* «<»•«■!« is not given. 4. a. TlD *n7i7l ^DJI'?' without, except. d. '72 without, un-, in-. e. VQ so as not to be, the Inf. JlVH being supplied in thought. 6. HDIND'? ^ti^fli a'? f]DD I'K* silver -was not at all regarded for anything (cf. ch. 9:20). DtJ" TNQ" without (= so that there is) no inhabitant. ^XntJ'O 'K Va '/DDil® w *'* because there is no god in Israel ? 7. 7in np* "iniQi N/^ ^^ wi'ZZ to&e nothing in his death. nf r? DVD tJ^'K DQV N 7* '^o ''^'^1^ shall be put to death this day. 8. pni7 ti'i^ 1!3")ri 7N* muUiply not let no arrogance go forth, l^an flats'* nyj*? N^" not forever shallle forgotten shall perish. 6. More than one negative is sometimes employed in order to intensify the negative. This occurs chiefly in the case of |J3 with ?'{< or '"^^ , and seldom with the more common negatives. 7. To express nothing, no one, the negative is combined with "j^ or B"K •" (? 14- 2. d.) 1 Job 8:12. 1 Sam. 2:3. iJer. 48:2. «Isa. 6:9. s 1 Sam. 11:13. 10 Ps. 9:19. »1 Sam. 15:23. 6 2Ker8. 1:3. 118 HEBREW STNTAX [?41. 8. In the case of two successive negative sentences, especially when, as in poetry, they are parallel, the negative may be omitted from the second, the influence of the first being deemed sufficient. REMARKS. (o) A few cases exist of xb 'with the Jussive, o. g., Gen. 24:8; 1 Sam. 14:36. (b) On the other hand 7K is thought by some to stand ocoasioually in a declara- tive sentence, e. g., Ps. 41:3; 50:3; Jer. 14:17, though with a stronger force than would have been conveyed by X7 . (c) For the use of kS andbs, withoutaverb,lKgs.3:30; 11:33; Gen. 19:18; Buthl:13. (d) HI cannot stand before a Participle (when used as a verb), an Infinitive abso- lute, or an Infinitive construct. Note oases in which, through the influence of N7 , a Participle passes Into a finite verb, Ex. 9:20,31; 13:21,32; 1 Sam. 1:13; 2 Sam. 3:34; Hos. 1:6; Ps. 37:21. (e) The 1 of Tni and '73 is the old archaic genitive ending. (/) For cases in which this combination is used of the past, see Gen. 39:33; Jer. 33:33; of the future, Jer 37:14. (g) Cf. Tl/II, which is used particularly before a single word; 'n73, before a proposition. (h) It is only when 73 = omnU that this combination may be found; when '73 = totux, the X*? negatives the idea of wholeness. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 3:5; 4:15 7 Gen. 31:26 Be. Gen. 34:15 3a. Gen. 31:39 id. Ex. 3:13; 6:11 5B. Ex. 3:3 3e. Ex. 10:7 20. Ex. 14:11 6 Ex. 22:19 5c. Num. 11:6; 32:12 5c. Deut 17:20 4a. Deut. 28:55 6 Josh. 2:8 2a. 1 Sam. 3:3 2a. 2 Sam. 9:3 2/. IKgs. 18:43 Bb. 3Kgs. 1:3,6 6 2Kga. 4:2 7 Isa. 6:11 6 Isa. 8:11; 49:15 id. Isa. 14:6; 28:8 5d. Isa. 23:4 8 Isa. 26:14 2e. Isa. 63:14. 5e. Jer. 5:7 5a. Jer. 7:16,17 3 Jer. 7 :32 ; 10 :6,7 6 Jer. 13:7 7 Jer. 33:14; 27:18 2b. Jer. 38:5 2c. Ezek. 13:3 2b. Hos. 8:7 2d. Amos 6:10 3/. Zeph. 2:3 6 Ps. 10:4,6,11; 31:3 Ze. Ps. 35:19; 38:2 8 Ps. 43:1 5a. Prov. 30:25 5a. Job 18:15 6 Job 28:17 8 Job 30:8 5d. Job 35:15 2c. Job41:18 2(J. Eool.8:ll 2c. Esth. 3:8; 7:4 3 Esth.4:2;8:8 4b. Ezra 9:15 4b. 2Chron. 6:11; 35:3 4b. 2Chron. 9:20 6 ? 42.] BT AN nSTDtrCTIVE METHOD. 119 42. Interrogative Sentences. 1- "^J^l JlN "inOn nt^ *» *^m *^2/ Mndness to thy friend ? [F. '' DNJ NT'S* ^y^^ DJ^ «A.a?Z I'i also be marvelous in my eyes ? saith 7N Dy *n*2 p K"? *D^ /o*" is not my house so with God f 2. a. nfn JJ^'XPF Dy 'D'^nn* wt'Z* thou go with this man f O^^^a DvUTl^ is your father well f [house f b. y^ii n*3 '?K 'n''?JlJ n'^JJn" did I plainly appear to thy father's c. '2JN ♦HK nOtJTl^ «w* Imy brother's keeper ? rV^ *'? nj^n rrriKn* w*^* <^om bmld me a house f (ef. 1 Chr. 17:4). <^- D'JSri l/pfl niK*l7' *" ««e whether the waters had abated. 3. na^ i'tD'n DN Nl'^n^" is there not a lifting tip, if thou doest well ? IJ'I^"! 1tJ'^? *lDnn nr N?!!''^^ « ^^o* <^is <^e iAmg' which we told thee ? 4. a. 7^|^J DX 'Jl '*1 '7^f 'I'^jn-^^ «AaZZ we go to Ramoth-gilead, or shall we forbear? [heard? n^OtJ' N? DN ^^^* N1 /n^^ ^<^** *^o™ not known, or hast thou not b. iTHK DN IB'^n''^* enquire if I shall recover. fflJiri rin"nfl DK rFK"U"^' ^e* ^'^ see whether the vine has budded. 1. A sentence is sometimes found to be interrogative, though lacking an interrogative particle. In such cases the arrangement of the words, or the tone of voice in the pronunciation of the sentence, was sufficient to indicate the interrogative force." 2. The interrogative particle H (Lat. an, Grreek ^) is employed^ a. In questions, the answer to which is entirely doubtful. 6. In questions which are equivalent to a strong affirmative assertion. c. In questions equivalent to denial, or which call for a negative reply. d. In indirect questions, equivalent to whether. 3. The interrogative particle K7rT (Lat. nonne) is employed when it is certain that an affirmative answer is expected." 4. The interrogative particle DK (strictly if) is employed, a. To introduce the second member of a double interrogative sen- tence ; here the compound form D{<") (cf . sive] is more common.'' b. To introduce an indirect question depending upon some preced- ing thought (cf . the use of ^T above).* 13 Sam. 16:17. s Gen. 43:37. » Gen. 8:8. "Isa. i0:38. s Zech. 8:6. el Sam. 3 :37. " Gen. 4:7. "3 Kgs. 1 :3. 8 3 Sam. 33:5. ' Gen. 4:9. " Ex. 14:Ja. « Cant. 7:13. 4 Gen. 24:58. » 2 Sam. 7:5. is 1 Kgs. 32:15. 120 HBBKEW STNTAX [? 42. 5. a. (1) rUnSn *0^ wAo ^ [.what persons are in) the camp ? *jOtJ^ 'D^ who is thy name f (2) TlDDH 'i7D nr Nin 'D* w^o <^em is is used in expressions of strong reproof. «• ^^f"'^? which? differs from 'p and JllD in being an adjective, though always preceding the noun which it modifies. 6. Aside from interrogative particles and interrogative pronouns, there are many interrogative adverbs. Among others may be noted : a. 'no when? sometimes compounded with *? and ^J^ &• n03 how much? how long? c. ilD'N how? used to inquire as to the manner in which a given event is to take place ; and also to introduce an expression equivalent to a negative, and to express wonder, lamentation. d. (107 wherefore, why? used to ask for the purpose or aim of an action. e. '^T\'D (for j;n*"na, cf. tI imein>), why? used to ask for the ground or cause of an action. REMARKS. (a) This Is seen especially In questions arising from great emotion or anxiety, e. g., 1 Sam. 16:4; % Sam. 18:29; 2 Sam. 19:23; and also In questions which are connected by 1, and are in antithesis with a preceding declarative statement, e. g., Judg. 11:23; Jon. 4:10,11; Joh 10:8,9. (b) In some cases n Is dropped for euphonic reasons from before words beginning with S or n , e. g.. Gen. 18:12; 1 Sam. 22:15; 3 Sam. 19:23; 1 Kgs. 1:24. (c) For oases of '3n is « . . . that 1 see Gen. 27:36; 29:15; 2 Sam. 9:1; 23:19. (d) Here D also may be used, e. g., Judg. 14 :15. (e) D(< is still further used after a preceding declarative statement in the sense of or. REFERENCES FOR STUDY, Gen. 3:13 56. Deut. 31:17 3 Gen. 4:6; 47:19 6d. 1 Sam. 11:12; 16:4 1 Gen. 18:21; 27:21 Zd. 1 Sam. 30:16 2a. Gen.26:27; 40:7 Be. 2Sam.l:13 5c. Gen. 27:21 ..4o. 2 Sam. 17:6 4a. Gen. 30:2 2c. 2Sam.l8:29 1 Gen. 30:30 6a. 2 Sam. 19:12 6d. Gen. 47:8 66. 1 Kgs. 20:32 2a. Ex. 2:13 6(J. 2 Kgs. 3:8 5c. Ex. 83:16 3 2 Kgs. 3:13 56. Num. 20:10 26. 2 Kgs. 6:15.... 6e. Num. 23:26 3 Jer. 5:7 6c. Deut.7:17 6c. Jer.31:19. 26. Deut. 13:4 2d. Ezek. 18:23 2c. 122 HEBREW SYNTAX [? 43. Hos. 10:9; 11:5 1 Job 2:2 5c. Joel 1:2 2c. Jol)4:17;6:5 2c. Amos3:a-8 4a. Job 7:21; 26:4 66. Jon. 1:6 56. Job 11:2 26. Pa.35:17; 78:40 66. Lam. 1:1,2; 4:1,2. 6c. Ps. 42:3 6a. Neh.6:7 1 Ps. 42:12 66. 43. Exclamatory and Optative Sentences. 1. a. "|7DrT^ king ! |^")J<2 q earth ! DDDflJl^ your perverseness 1 0*73* you all. 'b- 'JIK 'i' my lord I D^JJNtJTl 'IJl^ they who are at ease in Zion ! DV"? T^iMC alas for the day I 2. a. U'2^ Dl'^tJ'^ peace he to you 1 D")iN ^THy blessed he Ahram. I. *JK 'h" as Hive ! rV\tV ''tf^ as Yahweh liveth ! mNln ^J'i^^^ by thine eyes which see ! "llirT HX^^ % the word I c. "IJI ntri^D "p rh'hTf*' far he it from thee to do, etc. d- W^ 'OilD*! 'p^5fD^^ according to my righteousness and my integ- rity, upon me ! [thee I 3. a. "y^Sh (TIT "^NJ^OU" "b^^ would that Ishmael might live hefore ♦J^'QB' i7" hear me I ") jflD l"?^* that we had died I [ God! &• i^iJ'") TVha "^Dpn DN^^ */ thou wouldest hut kill the wicked, c. D'J3 'JpJJ'* ^Q^" that some one would give me water to drink. '♦ T3 "l^mO fJT '0^1 that we had died hy the hand of Y. 1. In exclamations there occurs a. A noun, with, or without the article f'f> or h. A noun with an interjection, e. g., '^ (with 'JIK), ♦'1,1 , or nilK (with the dative).« 2. Under the head of exclamatory utterance may be classified also a. Clauses or sentences which have no mark of exclamation. h. The use of >n in oaths, and certain other rare expressions (see examples). c. The common expression ti'flt] to the profane, i. e., far he it. d. Sentences which, for brevity and force, omit the verb to he.^ ilSam.23:20. 'Joell:^. "Deut.3:2I. "Gen.23:13. « Job 16:18. 8 Gen. 43:23. is Hag. 2:5. i8 Num. 14:2. slsa. 29:16. 9 Gen. 14:19. w Gen. 18:25. wPs. 139:19. 4 Job 17:10. 10 Num. 14:28. i6Pb.7:9. m 2 Sam. 23:16. 6 Gen. 43:20. u 1 Sam. 14:45. "Gen. 17:18. si Ex. 16-3 eAmoB6:l. ? 44.] BY AN IKDUCTIVB METHOD. 123 3. In optative expressions there are found a. The particle I7 if, would that, used with the Imperfect and Imperative, and, in wishes which cannot be realized, with the Perfect. 6. The particle DN if, of. t? ■ c. The interrogative 'p with the Imperfect ; and especially ffl' 'Q who would give = would thatfi REMARKS. (a) The AisMnctive article (S 4. 3. n. (3)) is generally employed In prose. (6) Originally in exclamations the third person only was used ; in the later writers the second begins to be employed. (c) Here also belong words or expressions used in swearing, however introduced. id) It should not be forgotten that the Infinitive absolute is used in exclamatory style " (1) when the speaker is too full of his subject to mention the action in any other than an ejaculatory manner, and as briefly as possible, e. g., 2 Kgs. i:43; Job 40 :2 ; (2) in a kind of vehement and rapid description of a number of actions that excite astonishment or displeasure, «. g., Hos. 4:2; Isa. 21:5."* (Cf. 9 28. 5.) (e) tn'' 'D is followed (1) by a verb with or without Waw Consecutive, (2) by an Infinitive, (3) by a noun. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 18:26; 44:7,17 2c. Jer. 22:24 26. Gen. 30:34 3(1. Amos 5:18 IB. Gen. 43:20; 44:18 16. Mio.S:l 16. Num. 20:3 3a. Ps. 4:7; 14:7; 55:7 3e. Deut. 4:3; 11:7; 32:40 26. Ps. 45:2c; 57:6 2(J. Deut. 6:26; 28:67 3o. Ps. 81:9; 139:19 36. Judg. 9:29 3e. Ps. 81:14 3o. 1 Sam. 30:23 26. Prov. 24:11 36. 2Sam. 15:4 3c. Job6:8; 11:5; 13:5; 14:13; 29:2; 31:35.. ..3c. Isa. 3:6 2d. Job 6:14; 12:6 2(J. Isa. 63:19b 3o. 44. Copulative Sentences. 1. a. "IJII D'an mpD'?! pK "y^ ^<'^p♦V and he calUd the dry land earth, but the collection of waters he called seas. [not eat. 'j^iir\ N"? ni^^ll Y3^fy\^ ^t of f^ tree of knowledge thou shalt h. t]iy inOJ' ^tin 'jni ibV '?Dy'? Dia ^y hut man is born to trouble as the sparJcs fly upward. [bullock. c. 'JBTI "Ifll "llJI'n "Ifl riN np* take the bullock, even the second D'7')VD') n^HD *JK K*?/!® am I not silent, and that from of old ? d. nOtiTF N*?! nriK 'N ay^ thou fearest God, and {=for) thou hast not withheld. 1 Gen. 1:10. s Job 6:7. b Isa. 57:11. e Gen. 22:12. J Gen. 2:17. * Judg. 6:25. * Bwald, Hebrew Syntax, pp. 201-203. 124 HEBREW s■r^fTAX [i 44. 2. a. ♦Jfl'? Jfijl'iim ^Di^tiy- *»» ^y dream, [and) behold a vine, etc. 6- "iJi') naDD n':'1 'd"? i^riK nw J<^ri n^ *^t"* «^»^« ''o* go out vnth us henceforth to battle, that thou quench not, etc. c. "lOn m n'lS'J^I ^jmOr DK* i/" '^<"« rememberest me, then do kindness, etc. 3. rrtos rrn n^noni njnDn nx Ti* a«<^ ^« ^^^fe *Ae camp, wMie the camp was quiet. mo IJ^SJ'^ DtJ'* Dl*?") INS'l^ ««<^ *^«y ca»»« W'^*'^^ ^0* «"'* sitting in the gate of Sodom. \Hezehiah. 4. a. 'fn* f tlN DnV "in'fj^ 'D*!D® *»» *^e '^'^J/* Joell:U. a2Sam.21:17. 5Gen.l9:l. slsa.3:26. io2Kg:s.U:13. > Gen. 10:14. siBa. 1:1. ? 44«] BY AN INDUCTrVB METHOD. 125 h. Cases in whicli the 1 , with an Imperfect or Imperative, expresses purpose or result (? 26. 2a). c. Cases in which the ") joins an apodosis to a preceding protasis, not only in conditional but also in causal and relative sentences/ 3. Still another usage of 1 is that occurring in circumstantial clauses (? 45.), when it is translated while, although, after, etc. 4. Omission of ") (asyndeton), where it might be expected, is found a. In lists, enumerations, etc. 6. In expressions added by way of explanation or correction. c. In a climax, or in highly rhetorical statements. d. In hurried, abrupt discourse, or where the rapidity of the action is to be emphasized." REMARKS. (a) For examples In which 1 has the force of «rtth, see Gen. 3:24; Judg. 6:6; ISam. 18:6; 25:42; 29:10; Isa.l3:9. (b) For cases of hendladys, see Gen. 1:U; 3:16; 2 Chron. 16:14; Job 10:17. (c) The conjunctions employed when the connection Is to be emphasized are t]K, DJ, e.g.,1 Sam. 25:43; 22:7; Bxod. 10:25; Isa. 40:24; 41:26. (d) The most common adversative conjunctions are (1> '3 but (after a negative), e.g., Gen. 24:3; 45:8; 1 Kgs. 21:15; Bxod. 1:19; Josh. 17:18; Ps. 44:8; (2) DN '3 tniHJ, but, e.g., Ps. 1:2; Gen. 15:4; Josh. 17:3; lSam.8:19. Cf.alsca '\K = how much more, how much less, c. g., 1 Sam. 14:29f.; 1 Kgs. 8:27. (e) Here also belongs the use of 1 in exclamations, e. g., Joel 2:23; 2 Sam. 1:31; Jer. 20:12; and In oaths, e. g., Joel 4:20; Amos 9:6; Hos. 12:6; Jer. 29:23: Isa. 51:15; Deut. 32:31; Ps. 71:19 (soEmoM). (/) For the use of Waw Consecutive with Imperfect and Perfect, see §§ 24, 25. (a) In many stereotyped phrases also 1 Is dropped, e. g., IT IID (Exod. 17:16) for •^•^^ -nn. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 11:30 46. Jer. 17:14 26. Gen. 13:9 2c. Bzek. 10:13 4a. Gen. 17:21; 42:10 la. Amos 4:5 4c. Gen. 20:3 Id. Amos 5:4,6,14 2b. Gen. 29:15 2o. Bab. 2:4 46. Judg.5:13,27 4d. Zech. 10:6 26. Judg. 6:25; 7:22 Ic. Mai. 1:11 Ic. Judg.l6:16 lo. Ps. 7:10; 60:13 Id. lSam.l5:16 26. Ps. 45:5 46. ISam. lfi:23 2c. Ps. 51:9 26. 1 Kgs. 13:18 46. Ps. 78:34 2e. 2 Kgs. 11:13 4d. Ps. 88:2 4a. Isa. 3:8 Id. Prov. 26:3 lb. Isa.8:9,10 Zb. Jobl2:ll; 14:11,12,19 lb. Isa. 23:4 *!>. Job32:15,16 4e. Jer. 2:20; 7:9 ^^V ''1 'OJ^J ''? nJNIpn no'?' w% can ye me Naomi, Y. having testified against me ? i. ^rtan rrns aa'v Ninv . . .'♦ vba Nnn* a»'^ y- appeared unto him,. . . .while he sat before the tent. rrD'Qjrn Pit2 IB'NT) HIDN inifO D'7D' « ZacZ^^er se< up on the earth, the top of it reaching to heaven. tr^n nya nnni nnn nnn piaym^ a««^ 2/e siooc? under the mountain, while the mount was burning with fire. c. 'jrx na n'?j» k"?!- . .nj^ rrtr);* k"?^ m^/ /ait^e?- mzz do nothing . . . .without disclosing it to me. tiifij^* D'on Kim nj;i "id":" '?K'7n« «Aaz? a«2/ 'fl'?2 > N7. etc.* 3. Circumstantial clauses preceding the principal clause ; here arise two cases : a. Those in which the circumstantial clause, preceding the principal clause, is introduced and supported by the formula 'rf'l or HTTl (of. II 24. 4; 25. 4). h. Those in which there is no such introductory formula, the two clauses appearing to be coordinate.^ REMARKS. (a) Since JO may not be used with a Participle, when this negative Is to be employed, the finite form must be substituted. (b) That this is really an accusative appears from the corresponding' construction in Arabic. (c) In common use these negatives have become equivalent to prepositions. (<2) In circumstantial clauses the subject generally stands first whether the predi- cate is a finite verbal form, a Participle, or a noun ; exceptions occur (1) when njn or some such emphatic word comes first, which regularly precedes the verb, e. g., Gen. 8:13; 9:7; 1 Sam. 25:14; (2) in the case of kS , Ps. 44:18; (3) even in sentences without a verb, «. g., Ps. 60:3; Gen. 49:10; Isa. 6:6; Amos 7:7. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen. 7:6 36. Judg. 3:80 16. Gen. 13:7; 18:10; 19:1; 24:21 U). Judg.8:24; 20:39,40 3b. Gen. 19:23; 44:3,4 36. Judg. 3:26; 4:21; 16:31 la. Gen.20:3; 21:4; 24:10; 44:26 Id. Judg. 5:19; 6:19; 20:31 2o. Gen. 21:14 2o. Judg. 6:5 .,Ze. Gen. 29:9 36. Judg. 8:4 2c. Gen. 32:12; 32:31 2d. Judg. 8:U la. Ex. 10:13 3a. Judg. 13:9 16. Ex. 21:11 2e. Judg.l9:ll 36. Ex. 33:12 la. lSam.9:14; 20:36 3b. Deut. 5:5 2o. ISam. 18:17 lo. Deut. 9:15a lb. 2 Sam. 20:8 36. Deut. 9: 15b Id. 2 Sam. 23:4 26. Josh. 2:5; 4:18. 3a. IKgs. 18:12 3a. Jo8h.l7:U Id. 2Kg8.2:23 3b. 2 46.] BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 129 2Kgs. 6:18 16. Hab.2:15 24 2Kgs. 12:7b 3a. Hag. 1:4 2d. Isa.l:5; 27:9; 60:11 2b. Mal.l:7.. 3b. Isa. 27:16; 60:9 2d. Ps. 7:3 2e. l8a.29:13 3a. Pa.7:3; 78:4 20. Isa.47:l 2e. Ps.7:7; 57:4; 71:3 2a. Isa.49;21; 53:4 la. Ps. 35:8; 21:12; 62:5; 107:5 2b. Isa. 67:19 2e. Ps. 69:4 2c Jer. 2:27; 23:17; 41:6; 43:2 2c. Ps. 78:30,31 3b. Jer. 37:13 3o. Job 3:18; 9:25 2a. Hos. 7:U 26. Job 22:18 la. Joell:6 26. Job 24:22; 42:3 Ic. Mio.7:l 2e. Job 29:24; 34:31 2b. Nah. 1:12 2b. Ezra 10:6 2o. 46. Relative Sentences. 1. a. 'n Nin 'Iti'X ^ty^ 72^ every creeping thmgwMchislwmg. 6- '* in'^SJ' ^tJ'K N'DJn^ the prophet whom Y. hath sent. c. 1JLJ*7 Vf2ti^n is? ItJ^K 'IJ^ ^ nation whose language thou dost not understand. [come. V5J3 ntin riND "ItJ'X mrr* ^- under whose wings thou hast d. DB' 'DSJ* T\^'2^ 'Wa^ where I fixed my name. OJJ* ")iSJ*J ItJ'X^ whither they were carried away. WD^'l^ DtrO INlf' "ItJ'N'' whence the Phil, have proceeded. 2. a. l/'p")'? nnnO '^LJ'^i D'Qn^ ^^ waters which (were) under the, etc. TlK ID'^n "IJJ'}^ D'tJ'JNn* t^e inen who went with me. ♦'jy riN rVHI ICI'K niOn" <^« mercy of thee who hast looked on my affliction, h. "nif' 'IJJ'J*} DIKn^^ *^« "'■tt™ whom he had formed. c- N!D "ICN DVn 1i^^^ ii^^ the day that he come. 1^1 IJJ'K mpDD^^ '•" the place that he spoke. tllQ^ nnXn DJJ' "IJI'N nn^yn^* the Selrew women of whom the name of one was Shiphra. seni Ae who was over the house, and he who was over the city to Jehu, h. ^ON ItJ'K riK ntJ'O^^ anoint him whom I shall name. 1 Gen. 9:3. 6 Jer. 7:12. 9 Gen. 14:24. "Gen. 35:13. 2 Jer. 28:9. 6 1Kks.8:47. ioPs.31:8. "Ex. 1:15. s Dent. 28:49. i Gen. 10:4. n Gen. 2:8. i5 2Kgs.lO:5. 4Kuth2:12. 8Gen.l:7. i22Sam.l9:26. i6lSam.l6:3. 130 HEBREW STKTAX [I 46. c. MV^ "7^7 ILJ'N'? lON'l^ and he said to him wlw was over his house. il'rr N*? NVOn IB'K DI^^ «"'A whomsoever thou shalt find he shall not live. A relative clause may best be understood as the expansion of an adjective or participle. It is generally introduced by "IK/K {2 13.), sometimes by Hf or If (? 13. 4. a)"-''; yet in many cases no introductory particle is employed (see below). The principal usages of relative clauses may be classified as follows : 1. Relative sentences introduced by "IB'K , in which, since I^K is onlyajjarttcfe and not a, pronoun, & special pronoun, pronominal suffix, or adverb, is employed to express the desired idea. The pronoun or pro- nominal suffix agrees with its antecedent in gender and number," and takes that particular case which the relative particle would have, if a noun.* It may, therefore, be, a. The subject of the sentence. h. The direct ohject of the verb, i. e., an accusative. c. The genitive after a construct, or after a preposition. d. An adverb, viz., Qjy , used in the sense of where, whither, whence. 2. Relative sentences introduced by "IJJ'K in which, for the sake of brevity, the special pronoun, pronominal suffix, or adverb referred to above, has been omitted. This is seen in sentences in which a. The relative particle has the force of subject, and especially, where the predicate is a finite verb including the pronominal idea. b. The relative particle has the force of an accusative. e. The relative particle as an adverbial accusative follows a substan- tive having some general signification of time, place, manner. 3. Relative sentences in which the relative particle includes its ante- cedent and is equivalent to. he who, those who, etc. The particle, there- fore, has here two constructions. Aside from its connection with the relative clause which it introduces, it has a relation to the principal sen- tence on which this relative clause depends f thus it may be a. The subject of this principal sentence. h. The object often with a prefixed r\ii-^ c. The genitive after a preposition.!''' 4. a. Kin in^a 'IJI' * nation that is lasting. D(l7 K? T*1Ki* *™ « land which is not theirs, h. lyn* K? "IIT a wa?/ they know not. LGen.43:16. sjer.5:16. tGen. 16:13. sIsa.4S:16, 3Qen. 31:33. 2 46.] BY AU INDUCTIVE METHOD 131 *Hli* ^"'"'2 1J")V^ ^e teaches Mm in a way he thould choose, c. 102' aVK py pKi rVn B^'K^ a man lived in the land of Uz, whose name was Joh. n^ 137' 'I'lnn^ the way in which they must go. d- ntrj^ mn** *^« gain that he made. [ure. 0^ *if 5t7 7D '"I'HN^ the excellent ones in whom is my whole pleas- «. NTK DV^ the day I fear ; TViZWl HJ^^ the time thou wast broken. 5. a. 7}< yr }<7 DIplD* the place {of him) who knows not God. rT/SITl n*D m rnH^^ ^end now by the hand (of him whom) thou wilt send. [ask. l?NtJ' N't?? *nSJ''inj^*' ^ locis inquired of by {those who) did not ^y~\tl iina il^tia *^y ?2^^ what is beyond that which I see, teach thou me. 4. Relative sentences without an introductory particle, especially when the antecedent is indefinite ; this is found a. When the relative, or the word to which the relative force is given, is a subject. b. When the relative is the object of a verb. c. When the relative is a genitive. d. When the relative clause follows a noun in the construct ; this is rare and poetical. e. When the relative follows a noun, in the construct, which has some general signification of time, place, manner. 5. Relative sentences in which the relative particle, though including its antecedent and equivalent to he who (see 3 above), is omitted ; this is, for the most part, poetical, though found rarely in late prose writers. The predicate generally stands first in the relative clause, and is thus brought into antithesis with the preceding sentence. REMARKS. (a) The pronouns 'D who, HD what sometimes also have a relative force, e. g.. Gen. 19:12-, 1 Sam. 20:4 ; Isa. 60:8. (6) On the use of the article In a relative sense with a Participle and, rarely, with a finite verb, see S 4. 3. /. (c) For agreement also in person, where the antecedent Isa pronoun, see Gen. 46 :1 ; Num. 22:30; Isa. 41:8. IPs. 25:12. 4jer.4S:36. 1 Ezek. 27:34. 10 Isa. 65:1. • Job 1:1. 5 PS. 16:3. 8 Job 18:21. u Job 34:32. > Ex. 18:20. > Ps. 56:4. 9 Ex. 4:13. 132 HBBBB-W SYNTAX [? 47. (d) This pronominal suflBx Is regularly separated from the relative by one or more words. (e) Note the double oonBtruction seen, for example, in Gen. 38:10; 43:16; 49:1. (/) Distinguish from this the use of ItyN flK , in the sense of (he fact fTiot, how, etc., to subordinate as object an entire clause. to) Cf. the combinations 1tyK2 , "It^lO , ItyS V;? , etc. (ft) Cf . the usage (late and rare) which allows It^K to be followed by a noun In the accusative, Jer. 14:1; 46:1; Ezek. 12:25; Amos 5:1. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen.3:3; 4:11; 7:2; 14:20 2a. Isa.8:12 2e. Gen. 5:29 lb. Isa.29:l 4e. Gen. 7:23 So. Isa.31:6 3c. Gen. 9:3 la. Isa. 37:4 16. Gen. 13:3 Id. Isa, 43:21 id. Gen. 19:29; 38:25 Ic. Isa. 65:2. 5 Gen. 21:3,9; 26:32 2b. Jer. 2:8,11 5 Gen. 39:20; 40:13 2c. Jer. 15:4 3c. Gen. 41:25 3b. Jer. 44:3 lb. Gen. 44:9 3c Hab.l:6 4o. Ex. 4:13 4(J. Ps.4:8; 88:2; 80:15 46. Ex. 4:17 Ic. Ps. 7:5; 27:7 4b. Ex.4:21,28 2b. Ps.]2:6; 32:2; 72:12 4c. Ex. 12:13 Id. Ps.l6:3 la. Lev.4:24,33 2c. Ps. 49:13 4a. LeT.18:ll 4a. Ps.68:5; 65:5; 81:6 4d. Num. 17:20 Ic. Prov. 6:16 4b. Dent. 1:22 Ic. prov. 8:32 5 Deut. 4:10 2e. job 6:17 4e. Deut.9:28; 11:10; 30:3 Id. Job 19:16 5 Deut. 32:37 4c. Job 38:19,24 4b. 1 Sam. 15:16 3b. Lam. 1:14 6 IKgs. 11:14 4o. Neh.8:10 5 IKgs. 11:27 2c. 47. Subject, Object and Adverbial Glauses. 1. a. "nn X*? "Itl'N 'y\^^ ** ** better that thou shouldst not vow. ')j'7 irrrn 'D 51t3^ i* *» good that thou he to us, etc. i- nriN Oyi^ 'D 'l'? n*jn 'Q^ who toU thee that thou wast naked ? |151^' 'D "1QN*1* tt'i'^ he said that they should return. c. ilD *i TlNn n^4 'K NTI' and God saw that the light was good. d. nSI'J^K DHDK DflN HQ^ Vihat do ye think I should do ? 2. a. rilO'? iLJ'fii nX ^iW^ ^e asUed that his soul should die. [through. ^3y '* riK 'D plDXn N*?")^ 'but Sihon trusted not Israel to pass iEool.5:4. a Gen. 3:11. 6 Gen. 1:4. llKgS. 19:4. >2 Sam. 18:3. 4 Job 36:10. c 2 Sam. 21:4. sjudg. 11:20. ? 47.] BY AN IKDTTCTIVB METHOD. 133 6- in nityy*? D'J^IV Oya^ they do not know that they do evil c. DOV mtJ'J^O- ■■■Vn* ""S^^y since he feared to do it hy day. "li^lVD n^JJ''? ay '>y for he feared to dwell in Zoar. 1. Dependent sentences are found, a. With the force of a subject, introduced by 1\i/Vt or ♦S . h. With the force of an object, introduced by *2 ■ c. With the logical subject, attracted by the verb of the principal sentence and treated as its object. d. With no introductory particle, the verb being directly attached to what precedes. 2. A more condensed method of expressing subject and object sen- tences is seen a. In the use of an accusative with an Infinitive (cf. the Latin), after verbs of i/nshing, allowing, commanding, etc. b. In the same usage, more particularly in later writers, after verbs of hearing, seeing, knowing, etc. c. In the use of JQ and rarely *? with the Infinitive after verbs of fearing. 3. a. 'jfj nK HKin ab ^Dub "^dnd "^Ntr ojn* / ask of thee, saying, "Thou shalt not see my face." IJ'*?]/ D^Cri ^"7)3 *D il T\fmT\f and ye have said unto him, "Thou shalt set a king over us.'' "> 'l'Sp'2 Ti^^'D^ nSJ'K "^NlOtr ba b'\^^ 10N'1« and Saul said to Samuel, '^ I have obeyed the voice of T." b. Dl'^n i^DtJTI ION*? y'7i^ ♦ni^Otl'^ ^ 'have heard concerning thee. Thou hearest a dream, etc. T\12'n tJ'lJK D'U IJ^T^ ^et the nations know they are men. c. "IJI'! im rhT ^^ "'*'"'? '^'OlVh nJ '7K nON« he commanded . Gad to say to David that David should go up, etc. ;;nr nxn' la'fij oti'K d'sjti dk ♦'?nrr indt farr mn'v "IJll D'C T^IK* and Tahweh was pleased to bruise him, he put him to grief, (with the understanding that) if he himself should make an offering of guilt, he would see seed, he would prolong days, etc. d. 1J3V Pn*? N'lp*^''' he cries that he will judge his people. 1 Bed. 4:17. 4 3 Sam. 3:13. 'Gen. 41:15. lo Isa. 63:10,11. ajudg. 6:27. 6 1 Sam. 10:19. sPs. 9:21. "Ps. 50:4. » Gen. 19 :30. el Sam. 15 :20. si Chron. 21 :18. 134 HEBREW SYNTAX [? 47. D'^jy mtJ'l^'? Ip'V fi"*'^ ^* expected that it would prochice grapes. \2 mti'y'? "^npn ^'2 TION*!^ «'i<^ *^e wAoZe congregation said they would do so. 3. Under object sentences belongs also what is called direct and indi- rect discourse. In reference to this it may be noted that a. Direct discourse is introduced by "iDK? i '3 , or "IB^K > which are then equivalent to quotation marks ; this is the earlier form and is much more common than the indirect, which, in most cases, would have been employed in English. b. The gradual introduction of indirect discourse is seen in cases (like those cited above), in which it is only partly indirect. c. That while in the older literature direct discourse prevails, in later writings it becomes customary to employ the Imperfect, with or without ♦^ ; and that in extended discourse of this kind the voluntative Imperfect is largely used.* d. That more frequently, however, there is found especially in later writers the construction of the Infinitive with "p (cf. the Latin). . 4. a. Kfi'in'? "^Din a'l ItJ'N' so that thou canst not he healed. 1J")Dfn *D tJ'lJK HD* what is man that thou rememberest him. ^- (1) pj^n* '~\^ii^ in order that they know. {it holy. (2) "ISrip"? 'JJ'rT DV DK TlDf^ remember the Sabbath day to keep (3) "|J*QN' 1^07^ *'"■ order that they may believe. (4) mj?7 ^7 n*nn "ll^J^i* that they may be to me for a testimony. (5) IJnlJI' Wy7 Viwyy when it comes up against the people to invade them. c. (1) *li^D£5" Vn "ISS'N-^*' in order that tliey may not understand. (2) *i \7^ty "jK^^ that they may not rule over me. (3) VnK7 y")^ fnj *n'7!3'7^^ «<> os not to give seed to his brother. W) *l70D nOKD'V and he hath rejected thee that thou mayest not be king. (5) IT n'7SJ" p nnj^l^* and now, lest he put forth his hand. 5. a. nDnXn nX n^i^n 'D^^ when thou tUlest the ground, etc. ilsa.6:2. s Josh. 3:7. sHab.3:16. 13 1 Sam. 15:: 21Chron.l3:4. 6 Ex. 20:8. 10 Gen. 11:7. 14 Gen. 3:22. "Deut. 28:37. 'Ex. 4:5. nPs.l9:U. IS Gen. 4:12. ]Kgs. 16:11. cDeut. 2:14. s Ex. 4:10. 136 HEBKEW SYNTAX [2 48. c. Clauses with Infinitive following 3 or D . t^^ former = while, when ; the latter, as soon as, when. d. Clauses with Imperfect, rarely Perfect, following D"l£3 or D")t35 before. e. Clauses with Perfect or Imperfect following nj7 , 'IK'Nt HJZ ^'***^ (ef. also ♦s -\ii , Dx i^ri. f. Clauses with finite verb, or Infinitive, following *ltlK , HIlN after (cf. p nHN). g. Clauses with finite verb or Infinitive after fKO svruie. h. Clauses with finite verb or Infinitive after ♦'ID as often as. REFERENCES FOR STUDY. Gen.6:2 Ic. Isa. 28:19 Bh. 0611.12:03 36. Isa. 38:15,16 3c. Gen. 18:33; 27:40 5b. Isa. 43:2 5a. Gen. 24:15 5d. Jer.l:5 5d. Gen. 24:41 5a. Jer. 13:21; 15:15 2&. Gen.46:3 2o. Jer.l8:7; 34:8,9 3d. Ex. 2:2 lo. Jer. 36:9 2a. Ex. 9:14 46. Jer. 44:18 5ff. Ex. 12:34 5d. Ezek. 40:1 5/. Ex.l3:17 4e. Hos. 5:15; 10:12 56. Lev. 9:6 Id. Hos. 7:12 5b. Lev. 14:43 5/. Amos 7:4 3d. Num. 20:21 2a. Jonah 4:8 2a. Deut. 4:40; 29:5 4b. Zech.8:20 lo. Deut. 24:4 5/. Ps.8:4 5o. Deut. 28:35,57 4a. Ps. 9:15 lb. Judg. 2:18 5a. Ps. 55:7-9 3c. Judg. 4:24 5e. Ps. 76:8 50. ISam. 8:6 5b. Ps. 104:27 3d. 2 Sam. 1:4 3a. Ps. 119:58 3a. 2Sam.21:4 3b. Job6:ll; 7:13; 15:14 4a. lKgs.B:17; 11:28 Ic. Job 16:4,5; 31:1-4 3c. IKgs. 14:28 5?i. Jobl6:8; 30:28 4b. IKgs. 15:13: 4c. lam. 1:10 Id. 2Kgs.2:9 6d. Dan. 1:3-5 3d. 2Kgs.9:37 4a. 1 Chron. 15:16; 17:25; 21:18; 22:2 3d. Isa. 22:14 5e. 45. Conditional Sentences. 1. a. "l'"! vOX nXlfO fi^y^^ if thou hast found honey, eat (only) enough for thee. ilDl ViX riK 2ti^^ and if he leaves his father, he will die. iProv. 25:16. a Gen. 44:22. 2 48.] BY AN ESTDUCTIVB METHOD. 137 6. nyri O^tJ'On N^ON n'i(^ if I find fifty rlgUeous. c. 17*DB'* lODn 1?^ if they had been wise they would understand. d. "IJll n^mn "i "> "hil^ except T. of hosts had left to us. e. *l!li'7i "lOKn 'D* if thou shalt say in thy heart. f. nnrt DX 'D iW* N?^ ** <^oes «.of retum unless it has watered. 2. a X"? DN n'On 'J^ 'itJ* riN^ mj? ^o «o«,« thou shalt Mil if 1 do not, etc. {by me. ♦i '♦ *13T }<'? D1 JJTl • • ■ • DX'' *y «^0M return, T. hath not spohen b. ♦jrnOJi'') TlNCOn Oa^iflsinthouwatchestme. c- nJ*0*N"l '7NDtJ'n DN* */ i^'* goest to the left, then I will go to the right. d- ^JnriT'E' finP 'D'^" for then thou hadst sent me away. 1. The protasis of a conditional sentence may be introduced a. Without an introductory conditional particle of any kind, in which case the conditional idea is indicated by the logical relation of the clause to that with which it may be connected (see below). 6. By the particle DN" */ (negative, ^}7 DX if not, unless), less often il!^il'^ if, used with the Perfect, Imperfect, Participle," or Infini- tive'* (with suffix). c. By the particle I*? if implying that the statement made is one which is not true or cannot be fulfilled ; it is used with the Perfect, Imperfect, Participle, and in elliptical expressions with the Imperative. d. By the particle ^^)'7 (= )'7 if, '"]? = iih not), implying that the condition has a real existence, used with the Perfect, Imperfect, or Participle. e. By the particle '3 , properly so let it be assumed, suppose that, if;''f f. By the particle DK ♦^ but if, unless,^ always after a negative. 2. The apodosis of a conditional sentence may be introduced, a. Without any introductory particle. b. By Waw Consecutive, the verb standing in the tense demanded by the context. c. By Waw Conjunctive, a rare usage. d. By nnj^ '3 1 or tK ♦3'' for now, in that case. 1 Gen. 18:26. 4Deut.7:17. JlEgs. 22:38. 9 Gen. 13:9. aDeut.32:29. e Isa. 55:10. «Jol) 10:14. "Gen. 31:42. 3 lea. 1:9. 6 Gen. 42:37. 138 HEBREW SYNTAX [2 48. 3- l^N'DK K"? DK n'On 'J5 *J£J* riK^ '"-^^ ^^o sons thou shall kill if I do {shall) not hring him hack. "IJl "^fl' N*? "^'H p'? tViV UW if he shall become a worthy man, there shall not fall, etc. a. "IJI ♦nNtrJV.-.D'pii; D»B'Dn----NifDK DN^ if I shall find fifty righteous.. . .then I shall pardon. b- nptriD 'nrjp'? (?nn) n"? dni* «»c? »/ ^>'i But in the apodosis there is found also a. The Perfect with Waw Consecutive instead of the Imperfect (? 25. 1. 6). 6. The Perfect of certainty which is equivalent to an Imperfect (? 19. 1). 4. In the second form, the protasis presents a future case, but less distinctly (as, if I should find him) ; the apodosis denotes what would (or might) he the result. The Imperfect is employed in both.^'™'" 5. In the third form, the protasis presents a future case, but one of an entirely uncertain and indefinite character, and regarded from the stand-point of the past (as, if I shall have at any time found him) ; the apodosis denotes what will he the result in case this contingency is realized. Here the Perfect is found in the protasis" and the Imperfect in the apodosis ; but in the apodosis there is also found a. The Perfect with Waw Consecutive instead of the Imperfect (5 25. 1. 6.). 5. The Perfect in the sense of the Future Perfect (? 19. 3). 6. In ihe: fourth form the protasis presents a case either strictly past, or past as viewed from a definite moment fixed in the context (as, if 1 have in the past, or shall have at a particular time, found him) the apodo- sis denotes what will he the result immediately or at the particular moment referred to. The Perfect^ (either present perfect, ? 17. 2, or perfect of the immediate past, 2 18. 1, or future perfect, I 19. 3) is used in the protasis, the Imperfect in the apodosis ; but in the apodosis there is also found a. The Perfect with Waw Consecutive instead of the Imperfect (2 25. 1. h.). 7. In the fifth form, the protasis presents a case which is supposed not to have been fulfilled (as, t/ 7 Aot^/oamci Aim,); the apodosis denotes what would have heen the result if the supposed case had been realized (as, I should have informed him). The Perfect is used in both mem- bers.S"'"'*'' But in the apodosis there is found a. The Imperfect instead of the Perfect, when reference is made to the present (as, I should now inform him). 140 HEBKEW STNTAX [2 48, 8. a. jnO") V2X DK ifyi-^ "rat^ («/) ^« ^fi"''^ his father, he will die. Dpi D)?n '?D HNII^ «»<^ (*/) "'^^ the people saw, they stood up. 31D I'^DNI '*??< li^DtS'* (*/ 3/«) hearken to me \_and\ [ye will) eat good. nJDNI *'7j^ '11D5J' nDpJ' Of i^ou wilt) specify to me thy hire [and] I mil give it. JJ'^K PXI N'lK')® a'td {if) Hooked, there was no man. c. nnNH nDnl TINQ n'^in HJIT' lehoM, thou goest from me and a lion shall slay thee. [avenged, etc. Dp' Wni^^ti^ rp Jin ^^^ should any one kill Cain, he shall he 9. a. l'? I^a '^DO npK DN^ (™»2/ he punish me) if I take of all that is thine = J will not take. n^i^a p-.-.Dmm itrxD n"? dk^" ( 1 Kgs. 20:36. 10 Num. 14:28. isJoBh.7:7. Here belong also DK ... DN ,*/... . if, whether. ...or, cf . idv te . . . Wi» Ti, five . . . sive. REFERENCES Gen. 24:8; 32:9 So. Gen.32:29 9c. Gen. 33:13 la. Gen. 12:16 9o. Gen. 42:18 86. Gen. 42:38 8a. Gen. 43:9 16. Gen. 43:10 2d. Gen. 46:33 le. Ex. 4:14 8a. Ex.7:9 86. Ex. 7:9 le. Ex. 19:6. 3o. Num. 10:17,18 8a. Num. 14:28 9o. Num. 15:24; 35:22-24 6a. Num. 32:23 3b. Deut.4:29a 8a. Deut. 6:20,21 3a. Deut. 32:26 7 Deut. 32:27 Id. Deut. 32:41 5 Josh. 14:9 9o. Judg. 5:8 9o. Judg.6:18 8a. Judg. 9:16-20 9b. Judg. 13:23 Ic. 1 Sam. 3:17- 9a. 1 Sam. 17:34,35 8o. ISam 20:6 3o. ISam. 25:34 Id. 1 Sam. 25:34 7 ISam. 26:19 6 2 Sam. 2:27 2d. 2 Sam. 3:35 9a. 2 Sam. 15:33 6o. FOR STUDY. 2 Sam. 17:9 8c. 2 Sam. 18:12 Ic. 2 Sam. 18:13 7a. lKgs.l:62 3 IKgs. 8:30 8a. 2KgB.3:14 Id. 2Kgs. 5:13 7a. 2Kgs. 7:4 5a. 2Kgs. 7:2,19 8c. Isa. 1:15,18 4 Isa. 6:13 la. Isa. 8:9,10 8b. Isa. 22:14 9a. Jer.2:22 4 Jer. 18:4,'8 8a. Jer.33:25,2e' 6 Jer. 49:9b 5b. Ezek. 33:9 6 Hos. 12:13 36. Amos3:7 9c Amos 5:4,6 8b. Ps. 7:4,6 6 Ps. 7:4,6 16. Ps.23:4; 27:3; 60:12 4 Ps.63:7; 94:18 5 Ps. 73:15 7 Ps. 75:3 3 Ps. 119:16 8b. Prov. 3:9,10; 4:8; 20:13,26 86- Prov. 6:22,31 la. Prov.25:21 5 Job 7:4; 21:6 6a. Job 9:15,16 7o. Kuth 3:18 9e. INDEXES INDEX OF TOPICS. [The references are to sections, unless otherwise indicated.] Accusative of limitation 6. 1. K. (a); 6. 2. H. (6) Accusative of specification 33. 8. a-d. Accusative with an Infinitive in de- pendent sentences 47. 2. a, b. Accusative with the passive, four oases of 35.1-4. Adjectival Imperfect 21. 4. Adjective in annexion with a follow- ing substantive 9. 1. Adjective, the 10: Adjective, treated as a substantive 10.1.a,b. Adjective used as a predicate 10. 3. Adjective used in an attributive sense 10.2. a,b, c. Adjective, with the article prefixed . . 5. 2. Adjectives, comparison of, how ex- pressed 10. 4. a, b. Adjectives, used as neuter substan- tives a. 2. b. E. (e) Adjectives with a collective sense 1.2.R.(c) Adverb following nt^N 13.1. Adverb used as predicate 37. 4. o. Adverb used as subject 37. 1. Adverbial accusative as the predicate of a sentence 37. 4. c. Adverbial accusative designating time ., 33. 3. Adverbial accusative expressing des- ignations of extent, duration, cmiount 33. 3. Adverbial accusative expressing des- ignations of place 33. 1. a, b. Adverbial accusative expressing lim- itation 33. 8. a-d. Adverbial accusative expressing mods or manner 33. 5. Adverbial accusative expressing (rarely) the Instrument 33. 6. Adverbial accusative expressing state or conditUm 33. 4. Adverbial accusative expressing the effect or consequence of the action of the verb 33. 7. Adverbial accusative of specification 33. 8. a-d. Adverbial accusative remaining with the passive 35. 3. Agreement, exceptions to the general principles of 40. 4-7. Agreement of number and gender, general principles of 40. 1-3. DX in optative expressions 43. 3. b. DK as an interrogative particle..43. i. a, b. Annexion 8, 9. Annexion defined 8. Annexion, inseparability of words in. .9. 2. Annexion, periphrasis fer by means of the preposition 1 9. 5. Annexion, use of, to express the su- perlative Idea 9.4. Annexion, varieties of 8. 1-4. Antithesis, expressed by 1 44. 1. «.. Apodosis of a conditional sentence, how introduced 48.2. a-d. Apposition and Annexion closely related 6.3. d. R. (e) Apposition, kinds of 6. 1, 2, 3. Apposition, verbal 36. 1-5. Article may, contrary to the general law, stand between words in an- nexion 9. 2. a. Article not used with Infinitive Con- struct 29. 1. H. (a) Article, omitted after h'S 5. 1. a. (2) " in poetry 5.4. Article retaining its original demon- strative force 12. 1. 0. Article, the, classification of 4. 3. Article, use of, with numerals . .15. 7. a, b. lEyX, apartlcle, nota pronoun 13. Asyndeton, cases of 44. 4. a-d. nX, employment of 34. 1-11. Circumstantial clauses, three classes of 45. 1-3. Cognate Accusative 32. 1-4 Cohortative Imperfect 23. Cohortative, the, and the Arabic ener- getie 23. B. (d) 146 HEBREW SYNTAX Cohortative, the, expressing a wish or request 23. 2. c. Cohortative, the, indicating self-ex- citement 23. 2. b. Cohortative, the, in subordinate ^Tial sentences 23. 2. d. Cohortative, the, marking a strong de- termination to do a given thing 23. 2. a. Collective Nouns, classification of..l. 1-4. Comparison of Adjectives, how ex- pressed 10. 4. a, b. Conditional Perfect 19.4. Conditional sentence, introduction of the apodosis of a 48. 2. a-d. Conditional sentence, introduction of the protasis of a 48. 1. a-f. Conditional sentence, usage of tense in 48.3-r. Conditional sentences with one mem- ber omitted 48. 9. a-d. Conjunction employed in connecting circumstantial clauses with the principal clause 46. 1. Conjunction, omission of, before cir- cumstantial clauses 45. 2. Conjunction, the Copulative, demon- strative use of 44. 3. a-c. Conjunction, the Copulative, omission of 44. 4. a-d. Construct definite- by position 9. 3. b. Construct incomplete, and in itself in- definite 9.3. Copulative sentences 44. Demonstrative pronoun 12. Demonstrative pronouns, antithetic use of 12. 1. g. Demonstrative pronoim in attribu- tive position 12. 1. a. Demonstrative pronoun, omission of 12.1. f. Dependent sentences without intro- ductory particle 47. 1. d. Dependent sentences with the force ota,n object 47 1. b. Dependent sentences with the force Ota, subject 47. 1. a. Determination of nouns 4, 5. Direct discourse, how introduced. 47. 3. a. Direct discourse, occurrence of .47. 3. c. d. Direct questions introduced by 'p or nn 12. 2. d. Distributives, how expressed 15. 9. a. Dual, the, use of.-. 3. 5. a-o. Emphasis, how expressed 39. 1-7. Enclitic use of SID 12. 1. e. K. (c) Exclamatory sentences 43. 1, 2. remininesin D''_ 2. 1. a. Feminine nouns, three classes of 2. 2. Fractions, how expressed IS. 9. c. Frequentative Imperfect— its origin. 20.2. K.(/) Frequentative Imperfect, used to ex- press repeated acts, etc 20. 2. Future Imperfect, corresponding to future tense 22. 1. Future Perfect, what it denotes 19. 3. Gender of nouns 2. Government of the Participle... 27. 1. a, b. n , as an interrogative particle.. 42. 2. a-d, n , omission of, for euphonic reasons. 42.2. E.(6) N7n , employed as an interrogative particle 42.3. 'n , use of, in oaths 43. 2. b. He locative 9.2. a. Historical Perfect 17. 1. Imperative Imperfect 22. 3. a-d. Imperative, the, in poetry in place of the Imperfect 23. 1. K. (/) Imperfect, adjectival 21. 4. Imperfect as an indieative 23. Imperfect, cohortative 23. Imperfect, definite frequentative... 21. 2. Imperfect expressing general truths 18.3. B.(e); 21.3. E. (6) Imperfect, frequentative, its origin 20. 2.B. (/) Imperfect, future 22. L Imperfect, how it differs in usage from the participle 20. 2. R. (h) Imperfect, imperative 32. 3. a-d. Imperfect, incipient 21. 1. Imperfect, incipient, in a series of perfects for the sake of vividness 21.1. R.(o) Imperfeet, incipient, usage of . .20. 1. a, b. Imperfect in circumstantial clauses 30.1.a.B.(d) Imperfect in clauses expressing time 47. 5. a, b, d, c. Imperfect in clauses indicating jmr- pose or intention 47. 4. b. Imperfect in clauses indicating result or consequence 47. 4. a. Imperfect in clauses of negative pur- pose 47. 4. c. Imperfect, indefluite frequentative. 21. 3. Imperfect inserted in a series of per- fects 20.1. a. R. (c) Imperfect instead of the participle in descriptions 20. 1. a. B. (d) Imperfect, jussive 23. Imperfect, potential, denoting per- mission and concession 22. 2. b. Imperfect, potential, denoting possi- biLity and capability 22. 2. a. Imperfect, subjunctive, in certain forms of conditional sentences.22. 4. b. Imperfect subjunctive in expressions otindefiniteness anAuncertoMity. 33. 4. a. Imperfect, subjunctive, in final sen- tences after conjunctions 33. 4. c. BY AN INDUCTIVB METHOD. 147 Imperfect, used of future events 22. Imperfect, used of past events 20. Imperfect, used of present events 21. Imperfect with Waw Conjunctive, 26. 2. a-o. Imperfect with Waw Consecutive 24. Imperfect with Waw Consecutive marking the opodosis 24. 2. g. Imperfect with Waw Consecutive marking the relation of aceessory eircwmglamce 24. 2. d. Imperfect with Waw Consecutive marking the relation of ampli/ica- tion 24. 2. e. Imperfect with Waw Consecutive marking the relation of chronolog- ical sequence 24. 2. a. Imperfect with Waw Consecutive marking the relation of conse- qmncc 24. 2. b. Imperfect with Waw Consecutive marking the relation of contrast. 24.2. c. Imperfect with Waw Consecutive marking the relation of explana- tion 24. 2. f. Imperfect with Waw Consecutive, used to continue a sentence intro- duced by an infinitive or a parti- ciple 24.5. Imperfect with Waw Consecutive, used to describe events or condi- tions belonging to the past, pres- ent or future 24. 1. a-c. Incipient Imperfect, giving force and vividness to an action 21. 1. Incipient Imperfect in a series of per- fects for the sake of vividness 21.1. B.(a) Incipient Imperfect representing an action as beginning or in move- ment 20.1. Incipient Imperfect, usage of. . .20. 1. a. b. Indefinite frequentative Imperfect, distinguished from the perfect of experience 21. 3. B. (6) ; cf . 18. 3. Indefinite frequentative Imperfect, used of truths universally admit- ted 21.3. Indefinite Past, perfect of 17.3. Indefinite pronouns, variously ex- pressed 14.2. a-f. Indeflniteness expressed by in K 5. 3. Indirect questions introduced by 'D or no 12.2. d. Infinitive Absolute after a Perfect, or an Imperfect with Waw Cons. .28. 4. a. Infinitive Absolute as an adverbial accusative .28. 2. b. Infinitive Absolute as a substitute for the cohortative 28. 5. d. Infinitive Absolute as a substitute for the Imperative 28. 5. c. Infinitive Absolute as a substitute for the Imperfect 28. 5. b. Infinitive Absolute as a substitute for the Perfect 28. 5. a. Infinitive Absolute as cognate or ab- solute accusative; various cases of 28. 3. a-d. Inflnitivo Absolute as the object of a finite verb 28. 2. a. Infinitive Absolute frequently in Qai when the finite verb is of a differ- ent stem 28.3. R. (d) Infinitive Absolute governing a noun in the accusative 28. 1. Infinitive Absolute, use of, to con- tinue the verbal idea introduced bf an Imperfect 28. 4. b. Infinitive Construct as a noun in the accusative 29. 1. d. Infinitive Construct as a.noun in the genitive 29. 1. b, c. Infinitive Construct as a noun in the nominative 29. 1. a. Infinitive Construct followed by sub- ject and object 29.2. c. Infinitive Construct followed by a subject, two cases 29. 2. b. Infinitive Construct followed by direct object 29. 2. a. Infinitive Construct followed by the Perfect or Imperfect with Waw Consecutive 29. 5. b. Infinitive Construct used to continue a sentence introduced by an Im- perfect or Participle 29. 5. a. Infinitive Construct with ^ph^b 29. 6. Infinitive Construct with 7 , force of the construction 29. 3. a-e. Infinitive Construct with 7 when In- finitive alone would have an- swered : three cases 29. 4. a-c. Infinitive in clauses expressing time 47. 5. c, f , g, h. Infinitive in clauses indicating pur- pose or intention 47. 4. b. Infinitive in clauses of negative pur- pose 47. 4. V. Infinitive in dependent sentences . 47.2.a-c. Infinitive, the, never receives the arti- cle, exception 4. 1. b. E. (c) Interrogative Adverbs, partial list of 42.6. a-e. Interrogative force, without interro- gative particle 42. 1. Interrogative pronouns used with a relative force 4fi. R. (a) Jussive Imperfect 23 Jussive, the, and the Arabic Jussive 23.R. W U8 HEBREW STNTAX Jussive, the, a voluntative Imperfect. 23. Jussive, the, expressing a posifitie com- mand 23. 1. a. Jussive, the, expressing benediction^ imprecation, threateniny 23. 1. d. Jussive, the, expressing conditional or finalideas 23. 1. e. Jussive, the, expressing entreaty... 23. 1. o. Jussive, the, expressing permissimi.23. 1. b. Jussive, the, in poetry in place of the Imperfect 23. 1. K. (/) Jussive, the, is used only of the second and third persons 23. 1. h3 , peculiarities of 8. 2. b. E. (b) \, force of, with Infinitive Con- struct 29. 3. a-e. >h in optative expressions 43.3. a. Masculine nouns, two classes of 2. 1. Masculines in Hi 2. 1. a. no as an indefinite pronoun 13. 2. e. mi may stand in any case 12. 2. c. 'P and no , dlfi'erence between.42.5. a, b. ^P as an indefinite pronoun 12. 2. e. ' P in optative expressions 43. 3. c. Negative combined with 73 or IVX to express nothing, no one ' 41. 7. Negative, more than one employed at times for emphasis 41. 6. Negative, omission of, in the case of two successive negative sentences. 41.8. Negative, the, with the Participle... 41. 3. Negatives commonly used 41. 1. Negatives— difference between K 7 and 78* 41.1.a,b. Negatives employed with the Imper- fect and Jussive in prohibition. 23. 1. a. R. (9) Negatives, position of 41. 1. 0. Negatives used with Nouns 41. 5. a-e. Negatives used with the Infinitive. 41. 4. a^d. Negatives used with the Perfect and Imperfect 41. 2. ar-f. Neuter, the 2.3. Nominative Absolute, cases of 7. 1-7. Noun, as the predicate of a sentence. 37.4. b. Nouns, apposition of 6. Nouns (called epicene) distinguished as masculine or feminine only by construction 2. 2. a. (8) Nouns, collective, classification of . .1. 1-4. Nouns construed as feminine 2. 2. c. Nouns definite by position or con- struction 4. 2. Nouns definite in themselves 4. 1. Nouns, determination of 4 and 5. Nouns expressing weights and meas- ures, omission of 15. 2. c. E. (c) Nouns, feminine, three classes of 2. 2. Nouns, gender of 2. Nouns made determinate by prefix- ing the article 4. 3. Nouns, masculine, two classes of 2. 1. Nouns referring to female beings, feminine 2. 2. a. Noim, the, used collectively 1. Noun with a pronominal sufBx, to be regarded as in annexion with that suffix 8. E.(/)) Number 3. Numeral Adverbs how expressed. .15. 9. b. ,Numerals and the article 15. 7. a, b. Numerals, various constructions of 15.1-9. Omission of one of the members of a conditional sentence 48. 9. a-d. Optative sentences 43. 3. Order of words in a sentence 38. 1, 2. Ordinals, construction of 15. 8. a-o. Participle as a noun followed by another noun in the genitive. . .27. 1. u. Participle as a verb governing the fol- lowing noun as an accusative . . 27. 1. b. Participle as a verb governing the fol- lowing noun by means of preposi- tions 27. 1. b. Participle followed by a Perfect or Imperfect 27. 5. b. Participle followed by a Perfect or Imperfect with Waw Consecutive. 27.5.0. Participle followed by 7 rather than by an accusative 27. 1. b. E. (d) Participle following an Imperfect. 27. 5. a. Participle, government of 27. 1. a, b. Participle, how it differs in usage from the Imperfect 20. 2. E. (ft) Participle in annexion with a follow- ing substantive 9.1. Participle instead of the Imperfect, to mark a fact liable to recur. . . 27. 3. a. Participle in union with finite verbal forms 27. 5. a-c. Participle is, at times, followed by its subject when the verbal idea is to be emphasized 27. 4. a. Participle preceded by njn . .27. 2. c. E. (7f) Participle preceded by its subject. 27. 4. a. Participle, the passive, equivalent to the Latin participle in dus 27. 3. b. Participle, the tense of 27. 2. a-c. Participle, use of, with the article. 4. 3. f . Participle with a finite verb, a rare use in the earlier books. 27. 2. a. B. (g) Participle with subject omitted... 27. 4. b. Particles in optative expressions. 43. 3. a-c. Perfect, conditional, used in certain forms of conditional sentences. . .19. 4. BT AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 149 Perfect, future, what It denotes 19. 3. Perfect, historical, employed in sim- ple narration 17. 1. Perfect in clauses of time. .47. 5. a, b, d, e. Perfect, indefinite : 17. 3. Perfect inserted in a series of Imper- fects for variety or emphasis. .19. 2. b. Perfect of certainty 19. 1. Perfect of experience 18. 3. Perfect of the immediate past 18. 1. Perfect, Plu-, what it denotes 17. 4. Perfect, precative, used to express a wish 19. 4. K. (c) Perfect, present 17. 2. Perfect, prophetic, an extension of the Perfect of certainty 19. 2. Perfect, prophetic, cases of 19. 2. Sr-c. Perfect, stative, to express a physical or mental state 18. 2. Perfect tense 16.1. Perfect tense, used of past events 17. Perfect, used in interrogation. 19. 4. K. (d) Perfect, used of future events 19. Perfect, used of present events 18. Perfect with Waw Conjunctive in- stead of the Imperfect with Waw Consecutive 26. 1. a-c. Perfect with Waw Consecutive 25. Perfect with Waw Consecutive, used to continue a sentence introduced by an tnflnitive or participle 25. 5. Perfect with Waw Consecutive, used to describe events or conditions belonging to the past 25. 1. a. Perfect with Waw Consecutive, used to describe events or conditions belonging to the present 25.1.b. Perfect with Waw Consecutive, used to describe future events 25.1. c. Perfect with Waw Consecutive vMh- outa preceding Imperfect (or equiv- alent) to introduce it 25. 2. a-d. Personal Pronoun and SufBxes 11. Personal Pronoun, employment of, aside from its ordinary use. .11. 1. a-d. Personification, in poetry, of nations, countries and cities, as female beings 2. 2. c. K. (ft) Pluperfect, what it denotes 17. 4. Plural form, the, of certain nouns conveying a different shade of meaning from the singular 3. 3. Plural idea, the, how indicated. . .3. 1. a-c. Pluralizing, the, of compound ideas, how accomplished 3. 4. Plurals, anomalous 3.5. c. Plural terminaton in the designation of ideas which in other languages employ the singular 3. 2. a-c. Potential Imperfect, cases under the— some are to be regarded as Indic- atives 22. 2. b. K. (b) Potential Imperfect, denoting permis- «fon and concession ZZ.Z.\>. Potential Imperfect denoting possi- bMtv and capabiltty 22. 2. a. Precative Perfect, used to express a wish 19. 4. B. (c) Predicate, agreement of, when the subject is a nominative in the con- struct relation with a genitive. 40.5.a-o. Predicate of the sentence may be an adjective 37. 4. a. Predicate of the sentence may be a noun 37.4. b. Predicate of the sentence may be a prepositional phrase, adverbial ac- cusative, or adverb .' 37. 4. c. Predicate, when followed by the sub- ject, may agree with it in gender and number 40. 2. a. Predicate, when followed by the sub- ject, may assume the primary form 40. 2. b. Predicate, when preceded by the sub- ject, agrees with it in gender and number 40. 1. Predicate, when the subject is dual, generally stands in the plural .... 40. 3. Prepositional phrase, a, as the predi- cate of a sentence 37. 4. li. Prepositional phrase serving as the subject of a sentence 37. 1. Prepositions prefixed to the second of two nouns in annexion 9. 2. b. Present Perfect, what it denotes 17. 2. Pronominal SufHx, following 1E?K re- ceives from it a relative meaning. 13. 1. Pronominal Suffixes (joined to parti- cles) serving as the subject of a sentence 37.1. Pronominal Suffixes substituted for the personal pronouns in all ob- lique oases 11. 2. a-d. Pronoun, Demonstrative and Inter- rogative 12. Pronoun, Demonstrative, connected attributively with a definite noun, has the article prefixed 5. 2. Pronoun, Interrogative, with a rela- tive force 46. E. (a) Pronoun, Personal, employment of. 11.1. a-d. Proper Names seldom found in an- nexion ; apparent exceptions. 8. 1. a. B. (c) Prophetic Perfect, an extension of thePerfectof certainty 19.2. Prophetic Perfect, different cases of. 19. 2. a-o. Protasis of a conditional sentence, in- troduction of 48. 1. a-f. Relative Clause, how introduced 46. 150 HEBREW SYNTAX. Belative Clause, the expansion of an adjective or participle iS- Eelatiye force of the interrogative pronouns 46. R. (o) Relative idea expressed by the article with a participle 13. 4. b. Relative idea expressed by the demon- strative nt 13. 4. a. Relative particle, omission of 13. 3. Relative Pronoun 13. llellexive Pronoun expressed by one of three constructions 14. 1. a-c. Relative sentences, five classes of . .46. 1-5. Relative sentences introduced by ItJ'K followed by aspecial pronoun, pro- nominal sufBx or adverb 46. 1. a-d. Relative sentences introduced by TtyS not followed by a special pronoun, pronominal sufllx or adverb. 46. 2. a-c. Relative sentences with antecedent (included in the relative particle 46. 3. a-c. Relative sentences without an intro- ductory particle 46. 4 and 5. Sentence, a, sometimes interrogative, though lacking an Interrogative particle 42. 1. Sentence, conditional, introduction of theajjodosis of a 48. 2. a-d. Sentence, conditional, introduction of the protaaiii of 48. 1. a-f. Sentence, construction of, when the subject is impersonal 37. 3. a, b. Sentence, constructions of, when the subject is indefinite 37. 2. ar-d. Sentence, order of words in a 38. 1. 2. Sentences, Circumstantial 45. Sentences, Conditional in force but not in form, classification of .48. 8. a-c. Sentences, Conditional, usage of tense in ■ ....48.3-7. Sentences, Conditional, with one mem- ber omitted 48. 9. a-d. Sentences, Copulative 44. Sentences, Dependent, without intro- ductory particle 47. 1. d. Sentences, Dependent, with the force of an object 47. 1. b. Sentences, Dependent, with the force of a subject 47. 1. a. Sentences, Exclamatory 43. 1. 2. Sentences, Optative 43. 3. Sentences, Relative, five classes of .48. 1-5. Sentences, Eeldtlve, introduced by ntyX 46. 1 and 2. Sentences, Relative, with antecedent included in the relative particle 46.3. a-o. Sentences, Relative, without an Intro- ductory particle 46. 4, 5. Sentence, variation from the usual order of words in a 38. 3. a-d. Stative Perfect, to express a physical ormentalstate 18.2. Subject and predicate united in one of four ways 37. 6. a-d. Subject, impersonal— construction of the sentence 37. 3. a, b. Subject indefinite— possible construc- tions of the sentence 37. 2. a-d. Subject of the participle, omission of 27. 4. b. Subject of the participle, order of .27. 4. a. Subjunctive Imperfect in certain forms of conditional sentences. 22. 4. b. Subjunctive Imperfect in expressions of indefinitenesa and uncertainty. 22.4.a. Subjunctive Imperfect in final sen- tences after conjunctions 22. 4, c. Tense has in Itself no indication of the order of time 16. R. (1) Tensein conditional sentences 48. 3-7. Tense of the Participle 27. 2. a-c. Tenses in general 16. Tenses, peculiarities of 16. 1, 2. Tenses, the distinction indicated by, not necessarily a real one 16. R. (6) Terms for the second person. .11. 1. R. (e) Union of subject and predicate. 37. 5. a-d. Use of tyaj with sulfix to express a reflexive idea 8. 2. o. R. (d) Use of the article after li 5. 1. a. Use of the article with the second part of a compound word 5. 1. b. Verbal apposition and subordination, various constructions of 36. 1-5. Verbs denoting fullness or tocmt gov- ern the accusative 30. 2. Verbs denoting to clutlie and uneluthe govern the accusative 30. 3. Verbs denoting to go, or come, to dwM, govern the accusative 30. 4. Verbs (many), originally construed with prepositions, coming later to be taken transitively 30. 1. R. (a) Verbs of fullness and clothing taking in the passive an accusative 35. 4. Verbs originally intransitive coming to be regarded as transitive 30. 5. Verbs resuming their original transi- tive force 30.6. Verbs with two accusatives in the active govern one in the passive 31. R. (6) Verbs with two accusatives, seven classes 31. 1-7. Words never having the article 4.1.b. R.((i) Words (two or more) joined by " and " cannot stand in annexion with a single genitive 9. 2. c. INDEX OF TEXTS. [The references are to sections, unless otherwise indicated.] 3ei 1.1:1.... 4.3.e. Gen. 2:7.... 31.6. Gen. 3:24.... 44. LB. (a) 1:1.... 17.1. " 2:8.... 13.1.E. (a) " 4:1 L2. 1:1... 30.1. " 2:8.... 46.2. b. " 4:1 .... 34.L 1:1.... 38.1. a. " 2:9.... 29.1.B.(a) " 4:2 9. L a. 1:1.... 38. 2. a. " 2:9.... ....4.1.b. B. (c) " 4:2 27. La. 1:2.... 3. 1. a. " 2:9... 1.2. " 4:2 2f/.4.a. 1:2.... ....6.1. e.E.(d) " 2:11... 4.3. d. " 4:3 24.4. 1:2.... 10.3.B.(6) " 2:11... 4. 3. f. " 4:6 17.2. 1:2. . . . 40.1. " 2:11... 13.1. " 4:7 .... 4.3. b. 1:3 9. 2. a. " 2:12... 11.1.0. " 4:7 22. 3. b. 1:3.... 23.1. a. " 2:13... 27. l.b. " 4:7 40.LK. (a) 1:4.... 34.1. " 2:16... 16.2. 0. " 4:7 42.3. 1:4.... 47. 1.0. " 2:16. . . 22. 2. b. " 4:7 ... .48.3. E.C?) 1:5 24. 3. a. " 2:17... 3.3. a,. " 4:8 24. 2. a. 1:7.... 46. 2. a. " 2:17... 44.1. a. " 4:9 18.2. 1:9.... 26. 2.b. " 2:18... 29. 1. a. " 4:9 4a. 2.0. 1:10.... 44.1. a. " 2:19... U.1. d. " 4:10.... 27.2. b. t» 1:U... 1.2. " 2:19... ...ll.2.a.E.(/) " 4:10.... 40. 6. b. *-' 1:12... 6. l.d. " 2:19... ,...34.1.B. (d) " 4:12.... ..23.La. B. (s) " 1:14... 3. 1. a. " 2:23... 12.1.0. " 4:13.... 47. 5. a. it 1:14... 25.1. c. " 2:24... 25. Lb. " 4:14.... 4. 3. a. " 1:14... 44.1.11.(6) " 2:24... 34.L " 4:15.... 1L2. b. " 1:16.... 2.1. a. " 2:25... 8.2. a. " 4:15.... 15. 9. b. It 1:16... 5.2. " 3:1.... " 3:3.... 37.5. 0. 1L2. 0. " 4:15.... " 4:17.... 48. 8. 0. " 1:16.... 8. 2. a. ..27.2. a. E. (0) *' 1:16... 10.2. " 3:4.... 28.3. E.(I)) " 4:18.... 35.1. it 1:16... IS. 2. a. " 3:4.... 38. La. " 4:26.... ILLa. " 1:20.... 9.3.b. " 3:5.... 25.2. d. " 4:26.... ..20.Lb. E.(e) " 1^2.... ...23.1.a.B. (4) " 3:5.... 27. L a. " 5:2 lL2.a. 4( 1:22.... 29.3.6. " 3:5.... 39. 2. b. " 6:5 ..24.2.g. B. fo) •* 1:22... 38. 2. c. " 3:7.... 40. 2. a. " 5:5 40. 5. a. t» 1:25... 1.2. " 3:8.... 14.La. " 6:7 6.2. •* 1:26.... ....3.2. c.E. (e) " 3:10... 14. L a. " 5:7 15.2. b. »t 1:27... 9. 3. b. " 3:ffl... 24. 2. b. " 6:22.... 4. 3. e. « 1:27.... 11. 2. a. " 3:11... 41.4. a. " 6:22.... 8.3.6. U 1:27.... 24.3. a. " 3:11... 29.6. " 6:1 29. 4. a. " 1:29.... 8.2. b. " 3:11... 47. Lb. " 6:4 12. Lb. tt 1:29.... .52.1. " 3:13... " 3:14... 2.3. a. 22. 3. a. " 6:4 " 6:13.... 25. La. » 2:2 5.2. 37. L i* B:2 17.4. " 3:15.... 33.8.0. " 6:14.... 4.3. b. it 2:3 29. 3.6. " 3:16... 16. La. " 6:14.... .23. 1. a. E. (i) " 2:4 29. l.b. " 3:16... 44. LB. (6) " 6:17.... 6.La. ti 2:4 29.2. c. " 3:20... 14.2. a. " 6:17, 18. 25.LC. n 2:5 20. 1. b. " 3:22... 25. L 0. " 6:18.... ....U.LR.(Z)) «t 2:5 . . , . 29.3. d. " 3:22... ..25.LO. B. (/) " 7:2 6.3 b. H 2:5 41. 2. a. " 3:22... 23.4. 0. " 7:4 15.4. M 2:6 25. La. " 3:22.... 47.4. c " 7:4 27. 2.0. 152 HEBBEW SYNTAX G€n. 7:7.... " 7:9..., " 7:13.. " 7:13.., " 7:20.. " 7:23.. " 8:3,5., " 8:5... " 8:8... " 8:13.. " 8:13. . " 8:14... " 8:17.. " 8:31.., " 9:3..., " 9:3..., " 9:4.... " 9:7.... " 9:11.. " 9:14.. " 9:20.. " 9:23.. " 9:24.. " 9:35.. " 10:4.. " 10:8.. " 10:9.. " 11:1.. " 11:3.. " 11:7.. " 11:7.. " 11:7.. " 11:9.. " 11:10. " 11:38. " 12:1.. " 12:1.. " 12:2.. " 12:4.. " 12:8.., " 12:12., " 12:13. " 13:13., " 12:19. " 13:1... " 13:2... " 13:7.. " 13:8.. " 13:9... " 13:9.., " 13:10. , " 13:10.. " 13:11., " 13:15.. " 13:16.. " 13:16.. " 13:16.. " 14:1... " 14:8 .. " 14:10.. " 14:10.. " U:10.. 40.6. , 15.9.a ...3.1. a. K. (o) 8.2.C. 33.3. 12.1. f. .28. 3. d. . .15. 8. c. E. (a) .^.43. 2. d. 41. 1. a. ..45.3.b. K. (d) 9.5.d. 25.1. u. 8.1. a. 8. 1. b. 46.1. a. 44. 4. b. .45. 3. b. B. «J) 41.1. a. 25. 4. a. . , .9. 3. b. E. (c) ..11.2. a. E.(/) 34.2. 9. 4. a. 46. 1. d. 17.1. 21.3. ...6. 1. e. E. () ...9. 3. a. E. (a) 6.1. a. 8. 3. a. 30.4. 15. 8. b. ...9.3. a. E. (a) . . .3. 5. o. B. (h) 8. 3. a. 6.1. 0. 3.4. .28.3. d. E. (h) 47. 3. d. 40. 2. a. 47. 3. c. ... .6.1. E. (a) , 15.6. 18.1. 15.4. 15.6. 15.3.0. 44. I.E. (6) 41.4. b. 15.8. a. ..28. 2. a. B. («) 15. 8. b. 1.3. 26.1. b. 15.3. .27.2.a. B. (0) ....28.3. B. (a) 28.2. b. ..27. 2. a. E. (9) 10.3. 9. 5.b. , 14.1. b. 11.1. 0. 12.1. b. 37.5. c. .38.2. 0. E. (/) 46.1c. 10. 4. b. 3.2.a. 39.4.11. 29.3. a. .... 5.3.E.(e) ...15.1. E. (a) 13. 3. a. 20.1. a. ....10.3. B. (6) 37.3. a. ....21. 3. B. (/)) 44.1. b. 20. E. (o) 41.5. d. 42. 5. b. 9.I.C. 168 HEBREW SYNTAX Job 9:a 14. I.e. " 10:1 23.3. K.(n) " 10:8,9 43.1. K. (a) " 10:14 48. 2. b. " 10:17 44.1. R.(&) " 11:6 .3.5.0. " 11:13,14 48. 5. R. (0) " 11:17 10. 4. a. R. (s) " 11:18 37.5.d. " 11:20 21.3.R.(6) " 14:19 40.4.a. " 15:10 9.1. a. R. (b) " 16:4 30.5.R.(c) " 16:6 23. 2. d. " 16:9 30. 5. E. (c) " 16:18 43.1. a. " 17:10 43.1.a. " 18:21 13.3.b. " 18:21 46.5.a. " 19:19 13.4.a. " 20:17 9.2. c.R.(/) " 21:16 19.4.B.CC) " 21:23 45.1.C. " 32:18 19.4. R. (c) " 24:10 8.2. d. " 24:14 36.4. " 27:3 9.2.ii.E.(a) " 30:6 9.4.b. " 32:6 9. 1. a. R. (B) " 32:7 40.5.C. " 32:23 36. 4. " 34:33 46.5.a. " 36:10 47.1.a. " 88:3 ll.l.e. " 40:2 43. 2. d. E. (d) " 40:15 3.3.C. Pa. 1:1 4.3. b. " 1:1 48.1.f. R. (9) " 1:2 33.2. " 1:2 44. 1. a. R. (d) " 1:3 1.2. " 2:1 42.6.d. " 2:lf 21.3. R.(Z)) " 2:2. 5.4. " 23 21.1. " 2:3 23.2.b. " 2:6 9.2.d. " 2:8 23.2.d. " 2:12 9.2.b. " 2:13 26.2.0. " 3:1 9.5.b. " 3:5 33.8.a. " 3:7 17.3. " 3:8 31.7. " 4:2 19.4.R.(c) " 4:2 29.2.b. " 5:6 31.3.E.(6) " 5:7 21.3. " 5:9,10 40.7.b. " 6:5 33. 1. a. R. (ft) " 6:7 31.3.R.(b) " 6:9 (of. 10) 19.2. c. Ps. 7:4.... 7:7.... 7:9.... 7:12... 7:12... 7:13... 7:13f . . 7:14... 8:2.... 8:5 9:19... 9:21 .. . 10:16.. 11:4..., 11:6... 11:6... 11:7... 11:7..., 12:3... 12:4... 14:7 . . . 15:4..., 16:3... 16:4..., 17:5..., 17:5..., 18:4... 18:33.. 19:2... 19:4... 19:9... 19:9... 19:10.. 19:14... 20:7... 21:3... 21:3.... 21:6... 22:7... 22:8... 22:16... 22:16.. 22:22.. 22:30.. 23:3... 23:5... 23:5... 24:10.. 24:10... 25:3... 25:10 . 25:13.. 26:4,5. 27:2. . . 37:3... 27:5. ., 28:3.... 29:1,.. 17.3. 19.4. B.(c) 43. 2. d. 14.2. a. 27.2. b. 36.2. 21.3. R. (6) ..38.2. c.E.(/) , .12. 2. e. R. (g) 47. 4. a. 41.8. 47.3. b. ....19. 4. E. (c) 37.4.0. ...23.1. E. (/) 23.1. d. 37. 4. a. 37.5. a. 3. 1. c. ...23. 1. E. (/) 23.1.b. 21.2. 46.4. d. 9.5. E.(/) ,....28. 1. E. (d) ....28. 5. E. (6) 24. 3. b. ..9.3. a. E. (a) , .37. 2. b. E. (h) 8.2.d. 9.1. a. 40.1. 37. 4. b. 47.4.0. 19.1. :...11.8. 4t.3.e. 10.3. 9.1.b. 30.5. E.(c) ....31.3. E. (b) 35.3. 19. 4. E. (c) 9.1. a. 21.2. ...6. 1. e. R. (d) 21.3. R.(b) ...13. 1. e. R.(c) 42. 5. a. 41.1.b. 10.3. E. (e) 46.4. b. ....21. 3. E. (b) 26. 2. a. 39. 4. b. .45. 2. b. 45. 1. d. 3.4. 29:5... 31:8... 31:8.... ..8.3. o.E. (c) .27. 3. b. E. (h) ....19.4. H. (c) 33. 2. b. Ps. 31:8 32:3 32:10.... 33:13 34:6 34:9 35:16 37:11 37:13 37:14f.... 37:21 38:12 40:3,9... 40:6 41:3 41:3 41:6.... 41:7 42:5,10... 44:8 44:18 44:21,22. . 45:3 45:5 45:7 45:9 49:8 49:18 50:3 50:3 50:4 60:6 , 50:21 53:5 55:3,18... 55:15 56:4 56:4 66:4 57:7 58:2 58:3 59:16 60:3.. .. 62:5 63:4 64:8-10... 65:5 65:14 65:14 66:7 69:1 71:3 71:7 71:19 71:22.. .. 72:8,13,16. 74:2 74:5 74:14 77:4,7.... 77:14 46. 3. a. 47. 5. a. .10. 3. a. R. (b) 18.3. ...23.1. E. (/) 10.3. ... 30. 5. E. (c) 8.2. b. 27.3. b. .30. 1. a. E. (b) .41. 1. 0. E. (d) ...31. 3. E. (b) .23. 1.R. (/) 41.4. b. .41. 1. b. E. (b) ...23. 1. R. (/) 25. 1. o. E. (/) 48.6. ...23.3. E.(m) ,44.1. a. E. (d) ,45.3. b. E. (d) 48. 7. a. .3.5. 0. E. (h) 31.4. .9. 2. a. E. (a) .6. 1. e. R. (d) ..28.8. E. (/) 41.7. ..23.1. B. (/) 41. 1. b. R. (b) 47.3. d. ll.l.d. ...28.3. R. (a) 9.1. a. ...23.2. E.(n) 30. 3. 8.3.e. 20. E. (a) 46. 4. e. ...19. 4. E. (c) 33.5. .8.1. a. 24.3. g. 45. 8. b. K. (d) 40.7. b. 10. 4. a. ...34. 1. E. (0) 10.1.b. . .23. 1. R. (/) 30.3. ...33. 1. R. (/) 9.5.0. ....19. 4. R. (c) ... 6.1.R.(o) 44. 1. d. E. (e) ...11. I.E. (b) ,17..23.1.B.(/) 12. 1. d. 1.2. .20. 1. a. R. (b) ...23. 2. E. (n) 12. 3. e. E. ((7) BY AN INDTJCTIVB METHOD. 159 Ps. 77:17 " 78:18.... " 80:5 " 80:9 " 81:14-17. " 84:3 " 84:2 " 84:5 " 87:5 " 88:16.... " 90:2 " 94:23.... " 98:7 " 101:3.... " 103:5 " 104:19... " 104:20... " 104:25. . . " 104:25... " 110:3.... " 113:5.... " 114:3-7. . " 116:16... " 119:133. . " 119:137.. " 121:3.... " 123:4.... " 125:1.... " 126:2.... " 126:2.... " 128:5.... " 133:1. .. " 135:6.... " 139:14... " 139:14... " 139:19 . . , " 144:3.... " 144:14... " 149:2 Prov.l:20 " 1:26 " 2:17 " 3:28 " 4:17 " 5:19 " 5:23 " 6:19 " 6:24... ., " 8:3 '• 10:30 " 12:12 " 12:26 " 13:38... " 14:3 " 17:12.... " 20:22 " 21:9 " 22:21.... " 22:23.... " 23:22.... " .23:22.... " 24:31.... .20. 1. a. E. (b) 29. 3. e. ...19.4. H.(d) , 24.1. (b) ....48. 7. E. (t) 2. 1. a. E. (a) .12.2. e.E. (g) 27.1. a. 3. I.e. ....23. 2. E. (re) .20.1.1). E.(e) ...24.1. E. to) ...23.1. E. (/) 29.1.d. 40.4. a. ...23. I.E. (/) 23.1. e. .10. 2. a. E. (Z)) 12.1.e. ..6. 1. B. E. (d) ..9. 3. a. K. to) ...23.1. E.(/) ...19.4. E.. Gen. 80:20 gg 28 67 30 121 31 67,103 33 27 34 123 36 60 38 60 tt 79 " 81:1 43 7 81 8 31 16 27 21 22 23 SO 27 73 29 118 " 39 60 " 82:7 84 9. 142,14 11 60,54 " 12. 128 16 160 17 25,18 " 18 43 " 23 23 " 29 142 31 73,128 " 88:13 142 17 47 18 100 " 84:5 64 " 86:3 73 14 25 " 86:12,14 73 " 87:3 31 4 41 " IS 61 34 18 " 88:9 79 11 98 25 132 " 89:1,3 25 3,6 84 " 9 45 10 18 18 73 20 31,133 " 23 84 23 47 " 40:1 114 3 31 " 5 36 7 121 9 110 13 132 " 41:1 84 " 11 84 " 12 36 18 60 PAOB. Gen. 41:20 38 26 132 34 67 42 23 43 88 60 114 •• 42:6 27,98 10 125 11 27 13 38 16 142 18 142 21,22 73 " SO 18,109 37 64 38 143 " 48:3 88 9 143 10 142 U 31 16 18 20 123,88 SO 18' 34 50 " 44:3,4 128 7 123 9 132 17 123 IS 123 26 128 " 45:4 45 7 14 " 9 103 20 37 " 46:3 136 " 33 142 34 84 " 47:6 37 8 43,121 19 121 21 27 24 50 31 23 " 48:7 27 " 49:8 27 12 18 13 18 17b 73 30f St " 50:6 67 Ex. 1:7 94 10 79,14 13 60- 16 79 19 25 21 16 " 2:2 136 11 43 " 12 1)8 '* 13 121 164 HEBREW SYNTAX PAGE. Ex. 2:14,15 23 18 50 3:3 22,118 3 36,64 5 22 6 36 7 88 16 36 " 4:9 47,98 13 132,31 14 142 15 45 17 132 " 20 36 21 79,132 22 73,50 29 132 32 73 " 6:11 64,118 15 64 22 43 " 6:6 79 " J:9 41,142 15 79 17 16 18,21 22 26 79 " 8:1 22 10 18,25 11 88 " 23 64 " 9:3 84 4 45 8 26 14 136 19 79,64 27 22 29 16 32 18 33 16 " 10:1 67 3 56 7 118 8 100,101 12 67 13 128 21 67 28 64 " 11:1 50 " 12:3 50 4 38 6 50 8,9 36 13 132 17 58 40 50 42 UO " 18:17,34 136 " 14:11 118 12 92 PAGE. Ex. 15:1 14 5 16 " 6,7 60 13 40 15 60 " 16 38 19 14 20 114 " 16:6 25 12 18 20 98 32 25 " 17:11 79 " 18:15 61 23 103 26 79 " 27 41 " 19:5 142 19 60 " 23 79 31 106 " 20:3-17 64 9 31 12 22 " 21:3 31 5 22 11 128 12 64 28 101 " 22:3 22 19 118 26 64 " 23:1 67 16 98 " 29 79 30 25 " 24:7 81 14 43,31 " 26:28 101 36 25 " 26:3 31 17 18 24 81 " 33 36 " 27:7 101 16 25 " 28:6 95 17 26 " 29:9 16 12 18 36 18 40 60,25 " 80:33,38 79 " 81:14 114 " 82:29 92 34 45 " 83:7-11 79 12 128 16 121 " 84:1 31 PAGE. Ex. 34:34 79 " 85:24 47 " 36:4 25 7 88 '• 37:1 95 " 38:30 3J " 89:17 25 22,27 95 " 40:18 73 Lev. 2:2 114 " 3:4 27 " 4:24,33 133 " 5:7 ..16 8 46 9 47 " 6:13 25 " J:7 27 8 100 27 23 83 27 " 9:6 136 " 10:9 67 " 10,11 93 " 11:33 47 " 12:5 18 " 14:43 136 45 23 " 16:33 46 " 18:11 132 " 20:14 100 " 23:40 18 " 24:14 79 " 26:44 68 " 27:5 50 " 82:44 88 Num. 8:49 36 " 4:19 79 " 6:15 18,26 18 31 23 109 " 7:3 50 13 26 " 9:7 33 8 67 23 54 " 10:17 36,142 18 ;.142 32 79 " 11:6 118 12 64 " 13 67 19 60 27 84 " 14:22 43 28 142 32 41,U1 45 22 " 15:4r-7 26 14 64 24 142 BY AN INDUCTIVE JtBTHOD. 165 PAGE. Num. 16:13. 88 15 101 17:17 26 20., 79,132 20:3... 10. 19.. 21. 21:9.. 14.. Deut, .123 .121 ..47 .136 ..79 ..26 34. 22:6.. 11.. ..84 .103 ..73 33. 28:7... 8.. 14. .121 ..22 ..61 28 24:17 25:17 88 28:13 26 81:2 96 82:11 64 13 118 19 58 23 142 85:22 47 23 23 22-24 142 33 64 36:7,9 64 1:3 36 5 103 19 38 20,25 84 23. 25. 35. 2:4.. 7 47 14 54 16 103 23 27 25 103 27 26 30 81 31 103 34 101 8:4 45 5 18,26 24 103 4:1 22 3 45,123 10 132 PAOE. Deut. 4:13 50 16,19 19 29 142 " 40 136 41 50 42 79,a " 5:5 128 12 88 " 22 64 26 123 30 79 6:18 79 20,21 142 " 7:7 106 9 79 15 27 17 121 8:2 92 2,4 43 8 18 14 22 " 9:6 23 12 43 15a 128 15b 128 25 98 27 67 28 132 " 10:1 67 13 84 15 73 17 36 " 11:4 92 7 23,123,84 10 132 12 23 23 38 26 84 " 12:10 84 11 64,79 " 20 68 22 101 23 18 " 18:3,14 68 4 121 15 79 " 14:2 38 27 27 32 106 " 16:10 92 18 98 " 17:2,3 73 " 9 43 " 20 118 " 18:14 27 " 19:2 50 18 31 " 20:5 68 " 21:3,4 22 3,6 38 PAGE. Deut. 21:7 HI " 22:2 79,41 19 22,50 21., 22. 23. 24:4. . , 25:13.... 17,19 . 28:8 32.... 35.... 45. 48. 49. 65. 67. 62. 67. 29:5.. 16. . . . 81:17.... 82:4 6 7 11.... 15.... 16,17 . 20.... 24.... 26,27. 29.... 35.... 37.... 40.... 41.... 88:1 .... 6.. U. 17. 19. 20. 25. " 84:5.. Josh. 2:5. . 3:12., 13. 16., 4:3.., 9.., 18. 19., 20., 5:2.. 15., .79 .19 .16 .68,79 ...114 ...136 ..58 .114 ..61 .118 .136 ..58 .123 .136 .132 ..79 .121 ..27 ..31 ..19 ..61 ..45 ..60 ..45 .142 ..64 .114 .132 .123 .142 ..31 ..81 ..27 ..31 ..81 .106 ..2« .128 .118 ..50 .103 ..50 .128 ..22 ..50 .103 ..87 166 HEBREW SYNTAX Josh. 6:13 88 19 27 " 7:7 103 12 25 61 95 " 8:11 36 20 24 114 73 " 30 60 " 9:12 27 13 31 " 10:12 60 24 45 " 12:2,5,9.... " 18:5 22 26 " 14:7 92 " 9 142 11,15 . . . 38 " 16:8,9 " 21 41 36 47 " 17:14 " 19:51 22 128 36 " 21:32 50 " 22:1 60 17 " 23:10 73,101 60 " 11 79 " 24:17 Judg. 1:35 Ill 73 2:1 60 18 " 22 ...60,79,136 84 8:20 23 128 81 24 26 28 128 128 36 " 4:20 79 21 " 24 128 136 6:1 73 " 8 142 " 10 36 13 " 17 125 .... 94 18 45 19 22 128 19 23 ... . 88 " 26 60 27 125 " 29 60 30 26 6:5 60,128 " 11 2336 18 142 15 38 " 19 128 25 125 PAGE. Judg. 6:27 73 28 60 29 47 7:3 50 13 81 17 79 19 88 22 125 8:4 84,128 11 128 9:16-20 142 28 43 29 123 33 79 36 109 " 11:8 79 16 73 17,19 68 25 88 33 50 " 12:5 36 11,13 109 " 18:9 128 23 47,143 " 14:4 109 10 61 " 17 50 18 38,58 " 15:3 58 " 16:15 125 31 128 " 17:6 109 8 45 9 64 10 109 " 19:11 128 17 64 " 20:31 128 37 114 39,40 128 " 26:23 73 Ruth. 1:12 56,107,38 16 45 21 125 22 19 2:3 36 " 8:4 19 12 38 18 142 4:3 36,58 ISam. 1:1 23 3 22 3 79 12 81 16 31 28 58 2:1,3-6 56 " 6 36,56 10 68 22 60 PAGE. ISam. 2:23 23 26,27,88 88 30 88 31 79 " 8:1 26 3 118 " 3,7b 60 11 27,84 13 31,81 17 142 " 4:1 26 5 96 10 38 20 Ill " 5:12 31 " 6:7 79 " 7:12 73 14 109 " 8:6 136 8 73 " 9:6 61,88 9 60 13 27 14 128 21 36 24 16 " 10:3 4V " 9 16 23 _38 " 11:12 121 " 12:3 43 17 32,92 20 79 23 27 " 18:5 50 15 121 21 79 " 14:11 84 17 43 19 88 23 64 29 23 33 92 " 44 64 " 15:1 ; 109 2 45,58 3 79 " 16 68,125,133 17 73 23 125 " 33 109 " 16:3 45,101 4 121 7 38 18 23 23 79 " 25 106 " 17:6 16 10 50 12 23 BT AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 167 PAOB. lSam.l7:17,18 36 " 3i. 23,84,107 34,35 142 " 86 109 65-68 48 " 18:11 73 17 128 " 19:11 84. 13,16 19 " 22 106 " 20:6 142 13 101 17 96 19 103 " 20 109 " 27 50 31 31 " 36 128,84 " 21:6 106 15 64 " 22:7 19 " 24:6 36 13 61 " 25:14 109 18 50 24 26,41 27 114 29 27 34 58 •' 43 109 " 26:16 101 19 14a 20 101 " 28:1,2 73 18,19 109 " 30:13 43 23 123 2Sam. 1:4 136 13 121 18 95 " 2:8 36 " 15 60 27 143 " 8:1 88 8 73 13 Ill 26 ....109 " 35 142 " 4:4 36 10 Ill " 5:8b 61 10 88 24 58,101 " 6:3 23 " 16 81,84 " 7:28 106 " 9:3 118 " 10:7 26 " 11:1 73 15 ra PAGE. 2Sam.l2:l 47 4 23 8 68 18 96 23b 84 31 79 " 18:4 84 15 96 18 81 " 14:4 .22 " 7 79 10 HI 25 92 " 26 79,98 " 15:1 73 4 123 23 14 32 98 33 142 37 60 " 16:4 56 8 31 9 68 13 73 " 17:1,6 68 5 26,11 6 121 9 142 11 66,81 14 92 17 79 " 18:U 92 12,13 142 18 50 " 29 121 " 19:2 73 12 121 27 16,22 " 30 56 43 43,88 44 50 " 20:8 128 19 31 " 21:1 73 4 136 20 50 22 101 " 28:4 128 6 27 " 24:13 114 14 68 24 26 IKga. 1:25 84 27 43 28 84 41 114 " 47 22 52 142,31 " 2:5 73 7 36 PAQS. 1 Kgs. 2:21 101 26 31 " 8:4 60 8 64 lib 81 13 58 18 36 23 43,« " 4:1 26 " 6:3 50 " 17 136 28 GO " 6:32,35 81 " 7:2 50 12 26 38 50 49 19 " 8:1 22 27 64 30 142 " 9:21 73 " 10:1 73 11 81 " 10:12 47 " 11:5 16 14 132 25 101 27 132 28 136 " 12:15 92 16 43 17 73 " 18:4 92 " 12 43 18 125 " 14:3 43 6 114 10...... 107 28 79,136 " 16:4 92 13 111,136 23 36 " 17:17 38 24 43 " 18:13 45,128 13 73 19 50 21 95 26 107 32 26 43 118 " 19:4 23 5 34 10 73 15 36 " 20:15,21 22 32 121 " 21:19 31,41,111 " 22:14 84 27 101 ](>8 HEBREW SYNTAX PAGE. PAGE. PAGE. lKgs.22:30 36 88 2Clir.20:36 98 Job 8:9 107 114 " 21:17 36 11 64 2Kgs. 1:2 73 " 25:9 92 9:4 50 3,6 118 10 HI 15,16.... 143 11,13.... " 2:9 103 " 26-14 . 111 " 24 23 136 15 " 86:33 103 118 25 " 10:2 129 16 96 45 " 23 128 16 Ezra 1:14 88 lOf 15 60 24 " 6:22 81 56 " 8:4 26 " 8:25 22 " 11:2 32,122 8,13 121 30,36 81 6 123 14 142 118 88 " 9-2 81 18 " 12:5 7 107 '• 4:2 " 15 118 123 43 " 10:6 129 114 " 5:13 142 129 19 " 14,17 22 11 " 18:5 13 125 18 Neh 1*5 .... 23 123 " 6:2 " 2:11 26 43 6 101 " 5:7 122 25 101 15 121 " 6:12 16 " 14:11 79 25 50 " 8:2 50 11,12.... 125 " 7:2,4,19.... 142 10 132 13 123 " 8:1 45 " 9:7,8 81 19 125 " 9:27 27 136 " 12:39 " 18:1,30 81 81 " 16:3 88 37 14 136 " 11:13 125 Eath. 2:11,13.... 84 17 45 " 12:5 64 14 81 20 114 7b 129 " 8:8 118 35 88 1&-17.... 79 12 81 " 16:4,5,8 136 " 14:8-11 98 " 4:2 " 6:6 118 45 19 " 17:15 19 " 15:1 73 27 5 84 " 7:4 118 " 18:2 36 " 16:19 36 " 8:8 118 15 118 " 18:1 73 15 81 " 19:3 103 15 22 " 9:23,24.... 81 16 132 S3 50 Job 1:13 84 18 50 " 19:22 43 14 16,84 19 43 " 20:4 94 2:2 122 20 50 " 22:5 36 " 8:5 14 " 20:19 103 " 25:9 38 18 129 29 41 IChr. 2:22 50 " 4:3 50 " 21:6 142 " 7:5 19 12 60 7 98 " 9:28 47 17 122 21 114 32 26 19 64 " 23 32 " 11:9 88 " 5:2 62 " 22:8 27 " 12:33 19 5 79 18 129 " 18:2 103 '• 7 . . 32 " 28:3 14 103 41 " 16:16 136 10 22 " 17:5 47 " 6:5 8 122 123 " 24-22 " 17:25 136 25 32 " 21:18 136 8-10 68 " 25:4 122 " 22:2 136 11 136 " 28:12 22 " 28:4 50 12 109 17 118 " 25:5 50 14 32,123 " 29:2 123 " 26:28 22,28 17 132 3 HI " 27:34 36 19 Ill 10 114 8Chr. 8:4 50 " 7:3 101 24 129 " 6:11 92,118 " 4 " 80:8 28 118 136 " 9:20 118 12 136 " 11:17 50 17 64 " 81:1-4 136 " 20:6 92 21 122 35 la BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 169 PAGE. Job 82:1 60 7 114 15,16 125 " C8:17 93 " 84:6 41 10,13 32 20 107 31 129 " 85:15 118 " 8J:Z0 50 " 88:19,24 132 31 64 " 41:18 118 20 32 " 42:3 129 15 16,114 Ps. 1:2 98 3,4,5,6 62 6 16 2:1 50 3 68 9 32 12 98 8:3 84 6,7 62 8 54 4:7 84,123 8 45,132 5:5 94 6 56 7 19 8 64 11 60 7:2 56 3 129 4,5 142 6 132 7:7 129,45 10 125 13 68 16 60,56 8:4 136 " 6 64 6b 73 " 9:7 41 15 136 16 ,45 " 10:4,6,11 118 " 11:2 58,62 4 62 " 12:3 62,98 5 43 " 6 132 " 7 36 8 23 " 14:7 123 " 15:1 64 2 98 3-5 56 " 16:3 132 PAGE. Ps. 16:4 62 6 ..50 " 17:5 50 " 8 32 9 62 10,11 98 12 62 14 79 " 18:4,7 60 8 73 21 60 " 26-28 62 28 114 30 64 35 114 " 19:8,9 36 11 22,73 " 20:8 43 " 21:3 118 4 32 12 129 " 22:2 50 22 58 29 16 30 "..58,73 32 84 " 28:4 142 " 24:2 73 4 56 " 25:2 66 9 81 11 79 " 27:3 64,142 7 132 " 28:6 58 " 29:5 84 " 80:3 60 " 6 64 9 60 12 58 " 81:15 60 " 82:2 132 8 64 " 9 92 " 88:13 66 " 84:8 73 11 66 23 92 " 85:8 129 " 12 94 17 122 19 118 " 86:12 32 13 68 " 87:23 56 40 81 " 88:2 118 " 89:12 56 " 40:5 36 8 60 PAGE. Ps. 40:13 38 " 41:4 58 " 42:2 16,02 3 122 5 60 12 123 " 48:1 32,118 " 44:2,3f 50 5 107 21f 64 28 93 " 45:2c 123 5 16,125 7 107,32 10 16 13 14 " 46:3 93 6 27 10 79 11 38 " 48:4 60 " 49:9 14,81 11 79 13 -..132 15 22 20 46 " 60:6 Ill 12 142 16,5 73 17 73 " 61:5 109 9 126 " 55:7 123 7-9 136 24 32 " 56:3 98 14 68 " 67:4 129 6 123 " 68:6 132 8 41 " 59:17 58 " 60:6 95 13 125 " 62:6 129 " 63:7 142 " 64:8 95 " 65:5 132 10 95 " 14 Oi " 66:4 14 " 68:12 94 18 19 " 69:4 ....129 6 60 " 71:3 129 24 68 " 72:12 132 4 32 " 17 33 170 HBBEEW SYNTAX PAGE. Ps. 78:8 81 " J3:1S 58,U2 " J4:2 45 " 75:3 142 8 43 " 76:8 136 10 92 " 77:14 43 17 16 " 78:30,31 129 34 125 38 79 40 132 49 32 " 80:U 101 " 81:6 32,132 9,14 123 " 84:4 56 7 36 " 85:U 58 " 87:3 107 " 88:2 125,132 6 36 7-10 50 " 90:1 36 10 19,27 15 132 " 91:6 98 " «2:6 56 " 94:10 95 17 58 18 142 " 95:10 60,84 " 97:7 84 " 99:6f 60 " 102:8 16 " 108:4 22 " 104:2 94 3 22 6-8 60 8 43 11-17 62 24 56 27 136 " 107:5 129 " 119:2 84 15 142 68 136 " 120:2 26 6 94 6 41 " 127a 103 " 188:1 92 " 189:19 123 " 144:4 56 " 146:7 38 " 148:6 107 10 23 Prov. 1:7 32 " 8:9,10. 142 FAOB. Prov. 8:14 38 18 114 25 32 28 107 34 Ill 4:8 142 6:16 132 " 22,31 142 31 50 8:6 16 14 107 30 16 32 132 9:18 36 " 10:1,2,3,4. 62 22,24 Ul 24 32 " 11:2 73 2,8 56 22 36 " 18:24 84,]U " 14:8 92 " 15:21 103 " 16:12 92 28, 84 " 32 38 " 17:27 96 " 19:12 43 23 98 " 20:9. 56 " 10 19 13,25 142 " 21:3 38 " 22:12f 56 23 96 24 32 " 24:11 123 15 98 " 26:3 125 21 142 " 26:2 32,92 " 28:1 14 6 19 " 80:25 118 Eool. 1:2 36 6 125 13 32,38 " 8:17 22 5:7 19 7:2 38 14 43 24 Ill 8:5 47 11 U8 15 41 9:11 88 " 10:18 22 " 12:1 19 Cant. 1:1 36 2:U 41 PAGE. Cant. 5:6 19 8 38 " 7:10 32 " 8:14 HI Isa. 1:3 19 5 23,129 7 27,36,84 n 31 13 27 14 103 15,18 142 17 103 18 64,68,22 20 79 21 60 23 61 31 84 2:2 79 6 73 U 81 17 43 20 36 22 41 '• 8:6 98,123 " 8 125 9 43 13 84 " 4:3 79 5:1 96 1,2 73 3 14,68 5 88 6 96 9 31 11 36 11,23 62 12 79 14,15 73 17 109 24.... 92 24b 50 25 73 6:2 19.50,60 3 26,47,111 5 36,58 6 50 7 79 10 107 U 118 13 103,142 7:6 16 15 103,88 16 45 18 14 20 19 23 60 24 107 8:1 36 4 107 7 84 BY AK INDTJCTrVE METHOD. 171 PAOB. Isa. 8:9,10 125,142 11 118 12 132 13,U Ill " 9:1 27 a 22,62 1,2 36 1-8 58 5 73 12 22 13 16 U 27 " 10:1 23 2 22,92 5 m 7 26 12 ^ 14 16,22 15 31 28-31 58 32 92 " 11.2 36 8 58 " 10 27 12 19 " 12:6 14 " 18:4 32 7 23 10 58 11 79 12 38 17 27 " 18 109 " 14:1,8,4 79 6 118 " 8 62 6,19 36 " 16:7 27 " 16:4 14 8,9,10 68 12 58 " 17:5 109 6 HI 10 95 " 18:5. 109,58 " 19:4 19 " 13 109 " 17 27 •' 21:1 58 11 84 " 22:2 36 4 32 13 88 14 136,142 18 22 81 95 " 28:1 58,68,107 2 114 4 68,118,125 7. 41 PAGE. Isa. 28:8 38 13 114 14 58 " 24:4 58 6 73 12 23,58 " 25:3 114 8 58 9 45 " 26:11 60 14 118 19 109 " 27:4 41 6 22 " 9 129 10 79 16 129 " 28:8' 118 9 32 16 22 17b 109 19 136 84 23 " 29:1 132 13 129 15 103 31 22 " 80:6 45 11 114 20 26,114 23 95 24 109 " 81:2 73 4 62 " 5 16 6 132 " 82:6 62 12 84 16 94 " 88:6 27 14 64 " 84:2 58 " 85:2 32 " 36:9 36 " 87:2 26 4 132 6 96 " 88:15,16 136 " 40:8 66 13 81 14 73 " 20 62 " 23 66 29 45 30 64 31 22,62 " 41:11 81 15 32,81 17. 84 22 68,81 PAOE. Isa. 4133 68 24 45 26 88 29 zr " 42:3 27 6 81 13 22 14 81 20 88 81,23 81 22 19 84 45 " 48:2 136 17 80 20 58 " 81 45,138 " 44:15 79 81 41 " 45:4 60 " 48:lf 58 8 32 " 47:1 103,129 9 92 " 48:20,21 73 " 49:15 64,118 18.; 22 20 19 21 27,129 " 51:2 60 2b,12 73 22. 27 " 52:14 U8 " 68:3 36,32 4 129,87 " 54:1 45 5 19 15 43 " 55:2 132 9 56 13 63 " 57:19 129 20 103 " 59:4 88 " 60:1 58 5 114 6 94 9,11 129 14 98 17 95 " 62:1b 62 " 68:19b 123 " 66:1 45 " 66:8 47 Jer. 1:5 136 2:2 88 8 45 8,11 132 11a 50 16 98 20 125 172 HEBBEW SYNTAX PAGE. Jer. 2:Z1 95 22 142 26 58 27 129 31 Ul 8:3 103 15 95 4:M 114 5:7 118,121 6:4 62 6 14 19 73 7:4 26 9 125 10 92 13 88 16,17 US 18 16 19 41,47 32 US 8:1 36 5 114 16 36 9:1 41 3 47 4 103 14 lU 19 109 " 10:4 114 6,7 118 10 26 " 12:4 U4 13 19 " 18:1,2 22 7 118 16 107 21 136 26 58 27 27 " 14:17 96 " 15:4 132 7 125 15 38,136 " 16:11 41 " 17:10 92 14 125 " 18:4,8 142 7 136 " 19:12 92 " 20:9 79 11 96 17 36 " 22:10 88 12 32 19 101 24 123 30 103 " 28:6 96,114 14 118 17 129 PAGE. Jer. 24:2 64 " 26:14 41 15 26 38 58 " 26:18 98 " 27:8 Ill 18 118 " 28:2 58 " 80:14 96 14,19 96 " 81:14 58 19 121 21 125 " 32:19 45 " 88:25,26 142 " 84:8,9 136 " 85:14 101 " 86:9 136 " 87:9 47 13 129 " 88:5 118 " 41:6 129 " 48:2 129 " 44:3 132 18 136 27 114 28 33 " 46:9 22 14-16 58 " 48:36,41 32 " 49:9b 142 12 Ill 15 38 17 ....16 lam. 1:1,2 122 10 136 14 132 " 4:1,2 122 14 103 Ezek. 1:1 32 " 9:7 81 " 10:12 125 " 11:6 14 12 45 " 13:2 32 3 118 M ....81 " 14:22 101 " 15:3 47 " 16:27 26 '" 18:23 121 " 21:14,32 26 32 Ill " 24.6 26 " 25:12 81 " 26:7 36 10 32 " 27:6 31 " 28:3,7 38 " 29:2 32 PAGE. Bzek.29:7 79 " 81:3,16 36 " 82:10 31 " 88:9 142 " 84:2 47 " 87:2 81 " 40:1 136 36 50 " 41:3,8,13,15 81 " 48:17 17 19-27 107 " 44:3 101 " 47:10 36 Dan. 1:3-5 136 " 8:3,13 23 15 41 " 9:5 88 24 14 Hos. 1:2 32,45 6 103 2:1 64 8 84 11 103 8:1 33 " 4:2 88 8 114 U 63 14 62,111 17 36 5:15 136 :i5 36 11 129 12 136 " 8:7 118 9 41 14 79 " 9:9 103 13 92 14 114 " 10:4 96 9 122 12 136 14 79 " 11:5 123 6 79 " 12:12 142 " 14:4 45 Joel 1:3 122 6 129 8 36 14 23 2:5 36 10 58 20,21 103 23 73 8:2 43 4:14 19,26 15 58 Amos 2:13 41 " 8:3-6 122 BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD. 173 PAQE. Amos 8:7 142 10 16 4:2 79 5 125 5:2 32,58 4,6 142 4,ti,14 125 18 123 6:2 38 10 118 11 95 7:2,41) 81 4 136 12 41,111 8:4 92 11 79 9:8 88 Obad. 1:10 32 Jon. 1:6 122 " 8 43 " 2:1 14 " 4:2 103 " 6 96 " 8 136 Mic. 1:8 68 9,12,16 58 13 114 2:1 123 3 98 4,8 107 8 36 13 73 8:4. 43 PAQE. Mlo. 8:9 84 12 98 4:9 22 " 5:4 43 6:1 101 8 92 13 103 7:1 129 2 95 ■' 3 Ill 8,10 14 Nah. 1:4,5 73 " 8 98 12 129 14 107 " 2:5 14 Hab. 1:4 23 6 132 2:4 125 6 45 12 79 15 129 19 47 " 8:1 38 5,16,19 73 3,7 60 " 9 62,98 17,18 68 Zeph. 1:11 58 " 2:2 118 12 107 " 8:9 98 " 19 14 PAOB. Hag. 1:4 41,111,129 6 107 2-5 107 16 114 Zech. 1:2 96 13 26 14,15 96 " 8:1 22 4 88 5,8 22 9 19 6:5 43 10 16 6:12 107 14 114 7:3 43 5 41 8:15 103 19 22 20 36 9:5 58 " 10:6 125 " 11:2 58 12 50 " 12:10 88 " 1S:8 50 " 14:4 38 15 23 Mai. 1:2 73 7 43,129 11 125 2:5 22 INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS. [The references are to sections, unless otherwise indicated.] « nrjK. IK.... 1IK nnK....'.. 42.2.E.Cb) .. 40.4.b.B.(e) ...11.3. d. E.(ft) 43.1.b. ..25.1. u. R.(/) ..25. 1. C.E. (/) 20.1.b. ...20.1. b.K.Ce) .24. B. (I) E. (b) ..25.1. u. B.(/) 30.3. 14. 2. f. ..15.1. E. (a) .34.3. 5.3. in«-in8... nnK. ...'.'.... HB'x-ninK. iris .'.. 14. 2. a. .'. 15.1. 14. 2. f. ..8.4. o. B.(6) 14. 2. f. ...30. I.E. (a) 34.3. inK nnK p ''ins.. 'K nr's..-. n5'K TJ? r« 4T.5.f. 47.5. f. 47.5. f. 12. 2. f. 12. 2. f. 42. 5. c. 42.6.0. .23. 3. d. E.((i) .25. 1. 0. E. (/) ...6.1. e. B.(e) 37. 5. d. .41. 2. f. 41.3. ]y "iv^ 41.6. 41. 2. c. 8. 2. d. 41. 4. b. 41. 5. b. 45. 2. e. 41. 4. b. E?'N E^'K-ty'S... Sk...: .:, Sk 14.2. d. 8. 3. B. ....16.3.B.(d) ....37.2. E.(o) 41.7. 14.2. a. 14. 2. b. 14. 2. f. 28. 5.B.(C) 28.5.B.(c) ....30.1. B.(o) 33. E. (6) ..41.1. b.E.(Z)) ..41.1.0. B.(c) ..8.2.d. 8.2. d. B. (/) 23.1 n. B. (9) 25.1. 0. E. (/) ....41.1. .41. 1. b. ..41.1.0. ....41.2. 13^....'7K. PtSx d'sSk DK..' D«..DK... nips DK. r\m s'VbK.... 47. 4. c. 14. 2. d. ...4.1. b. E. (d) 16.3.E.((J) 15.6. 15.6. ..42.4. b. E. (e) ..48.1. b.B. (a) .48.1. e. E. (/) ..48.1. f.B. ((7) ..25.1. »i. B. (/) 42.4. 43. 3. b. 48.1.b. 48.9.11. ...48. 9. c. B.(D) ..48.1. b.B. (d) 15. 3. E. (nm noai njDsa... " '.' 4.3. d.B.(b) [3 8.3.6. nja aL.6.B.(c) tl'"V"'J? 2.2.0.E.(/) nd^a." 22.4.0. "^'" 47.4. b. S^.a 40.4.b. E.(e) "', 8.3.6. nfe^a 30.5. na.'. 8.3.6. "" 15.4. E. (6) S'lJ 8. 3. a. lU. 30.4. nj;'7J 4. 1. a. B. (a) DJ..'. 28. 3. a. B. (6) "" 44.1. E.(c) SdJ 30.5. nnj 15.4. B.(e) ni'l 8.2.o.B.(e) "' 37.2. E.(a) " 14.2.b. no 13^ 12.2.6.E.(/) n!.... ' 8.2.b. n^^ 4.1.b.E.(c) n 42.2.B.(b) n 25.1.0.B.(/) "' 42.2. " 42.2.B.(6) " 42.4.a.E.(d) ". 42. 4. b. n_ 8. I.E. (a) "' 23. E.(d) " 23.2.E.(n) " 33.1.a.E.(c) " 33.1.b. E. (d) nwri 4.3.d.B.(b) njjS^n 4.1. a. E. (a) pnn 28.2.b.B.(o) Hinn 39.6. K?n ]2.1.b.E. (a) " 12.1. e.B.(c) " 37.5.b.E.(e) " 39.6. " 4a.5.a. " 7.6. 'in 43.1.b. n;n 37.5.0. "' 38.2.0.E.(/) nfn 41. 5. e. 'jn? 42.3.E.(c) pri 28.2.b.E.(9) kSh 25.1.o.E.{/) ""' 42.3. ^Sn 28.3.d. B.(ft) "' 30.4. f)r\ 28. 3. a. [n.'. 25.1. 0.E.(/) ran 27. 2.0. K. (ft) " 37.5.d. " 45.3.b.E.(d) " 48. 1. b. E. (b) •• 48.1.b. " 48.8.0. 3ian 28. 2. b. E. (9) ^lan.". 37. E.((/) S'pan 28.2.b.E.(g) B'Siin 4.3.a.E. (6) nsVn 28.2.b. E.(o) priin 28.2.b. B.(ff) Q3Wr\ 28. 2. b. E. (0) )...'. 22.4.C.E.(/) " 24.4. " 34.10. " 36.1. " 44.1. " 44. 1. a. " 44.2. 1 44. 2. a. " 44. 2. b. " ...44.2.0. " 44.3. " 44.4. " 45.2. Dt. nhih 33.E.(o) 'flVs'S 29.6. " ' 41.2.b. " 47.4. u. ■H3^3V 29. 3. a. E. (a) ty3S 30.3. 1''?'.'. 38.a.c.E.(/) >h 25.1.o.E.(/) " 43. 3. a. " 43.3 b. " 48. I.e. 'Si'? 48.1.d D^rp'-1 3.5. 0. E. fi) ■■lST...\ 4a,6 b. abh 43. 5. b. nah 22.3.d.E. (d) "' 25. 1. u. B. (/) ]SfJih 22.4u. '"'■ .55. 1. o. E. (/) " 29.3.a.E.(o) " 47.4. b. niK?;;.'? 29. 3.b. e. (&) nxp.'.' 38.2.0.E. (/) t^n'. 47. 5. g-. nsp 15.6. E.(/) " 15.6. HDIKP 12.2.e. E. (/) chitO 15.6. irpp'. 40.5.C. E.(ff) ^np a2.3.d.B.(d) "" 42.6.e. 11 inp 44. 4. d. R. (17) "I'll Tip 44.4.d. E. (0) np 47. 6. h. nn 12.2.0. "' 12. 2. d. " 12. 2.6. " 12.2. e. R. (a) " 12. 2. e. E. (/I) " 34.2. " 42.5. b. " 42.6.0. " 46. E.(a) nTO^-np 12.2.e.R. (a) J?JT-np 42. 6. e. "inp 28.2.b. E. (g) 'P 12.2. a. " 12.2.a. E. (d) " 12.2. b. " 12. 2. d. BY AN INDXTCTIVB METHOD. 177 '»•• «Sd.... I?'- nvD .... nSo »nn..'..... 'no W ']9i CflJ 12. a. e. ..13.2.e.B.(ff) 85. 1. o. E. (/) 34.2. 43.5. a. «. 5. 0. 43. 3. 0. 46. R.(o) ,.12.2. e. E. (0) . .25. 1. 0. E. (/) 43.3.0. ..43.3. c. E. (e) 10. 4. b. 30.2. ..8. 3. f. B. (/) 9.8. E.(/) 10. 4. a. ..10.4. a. E. (/) 14.2.0. 33. R. (6) 41. 4. d. 41. 5.6. 41.6. 47.2.0. 47.4. 0. ...2.2.0. E.(i) 30.5. ,..2.1. a. E. (a) .25.1.0.B. (/) 42. 6. a. ....30.2. E. (J)) ....30.2. E. (6) 8.2.0. .8. a. c. E. (d) 14.1.0. ...15.3.E.((J) ..8. 2. 0. E. (d) ..8.2. c. E.((J) ,.S.l.a. E.Ca) 33D. Dsnj; ni« t;? i^Kni ht;?.....".'..". 'sn;? 'JID IZ tibV IB;?'- 10;? , nop vy;>.. IB^K-Sii... nSj? "W- DV;^. m.- Ty? niff;r nfl'i in?' T '^ na I?- D'iS D;;a pa BB*3 Dicna IKW ....80.1.B. (a) ....81.6.E. (0) 37.E.(o) , 42. 6. a. 4T.5. e. .26.1.o.E.y) 47.6.6. ....19.4.E. (d) ..25. 1.0.E.(/) 47.5.6. 30.3. 47.5.6. 19. 4. E. (d) 30.3. 30.3. 30.3. 40. 3.E.(C) ..48. 3. c. E. (0) 30. 2. E.(Z)) 30.5. 8. 2.ii. 14.1.U. 2.2. O.E. (i) ...25.1. i;.E. (/) 30.5. ... 2. 2. o. E. W 31.6.E.(c) n^;; ...27.1.b. E. (6) 2.2.c.E.ro ...25.1.o.E.(/) 47.4. V. 8.2.0. 14.1.0. 15.9.1b. 30.2. 30.3. 33.E.(o) 2.2.0. E. (4) nsy.. ao.8. Sfp' 8.2.0. E. (6) " 8.2.0. " 40. 5. b. I'BP 8. 3. a. Kip 30.1.B.(o) ««7D1«ia 36. 2.B.(c) aif5 14.1.0. 31." 8. a.b. S^l 15. 9. b. nil 30.2. ttl! 4. l.b.E(d) iri 30.5. })"] 8. 3. a. W'V-Jil 14. 2. f. •Bf.'. 25.1. O.E. (/) him 4.1.b. E. (d) }!^W 30i2. nto' 4.1. b. E. (d) np 4.1.b. E.(d) niE^ 31.6. E.«!) naiO 30. 2.E. (b) D'to'. 31. 6. E. (0) 23Vf 30.4. SSb' 30.2, pl^ 30.4. I J30 9.2.b. E. (6) -'--"'' 30.5. , 46.1.d. ....15.3. E.(d) . .3. 6. c. E. (h) . .3. 5. 0. E. (/I) ....15.3.E. (d) 30.2. ..4.1.b.E. (d) ...4.1.b.E.(d) dSb/.' n^' nic* ni'nflty... D'na^.... bpW..'.... y^f •73J!I oirin n'Brin 4.i.b. E.(d) Eft A: -!■>;.■ wm mi :'!:^A l^^-JiSStVlW* m mm0m m^. wm mm ■Ale vi'^Wi 'm^m. ^i!.r ^^y^-t w^^r&i:^^ A'it^i'u^jJi*. ;*k;^ ^iP.